NEC N 1093100 manual

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984

Go to page of

A good user manual

The rules should oblige the seller to give the purchaser an operating instrucion of NEC N 1093100, along with an item. The lack of an instruction or false information given to customer shall constitute grounds to apply for a complaint because of nonconformity of goods with the contract. In accordance with the law, a customer can receive an instruction in non-paper form; lately graphic and electronic forms of the manuals, as well as instructional videos have been majorly used. A necessary precondition for this is the unmistakable, legible character of an instruction.

What is an instruction?

The term originates from the Latin word „instructio”, which means organizing. Therefore, in an instruction of NEC N 1093100 one could find a process description. An instruction's purpose is to teach, to ease the start-up and an item's use or performance of certain activities. An instruction is a compilation of information about an item/a service, it is a clue.

Unfortunately, only a few customers devote their time to read an instruction of NEC N 1093100. A good user manual introduces us to a number of additional functionalities of the purchased item, and also helps us to avoid the formation of most of the defects.

What should a perfect user manual contain?

First and foremost, an user manual of NEC N 1093100 should contain:
- informations concerning technical data of NEC N 1093100
- name of the manufacturer and a year of construction of the NEC N 1093100 item
- rules of operation, control and maintenance of the NEC N 1093100 item
- safety signs and mark certificates which confirm compatibility with appropriate standards

Why don't we read the manuals?

Usually it results from the lack of time and certainty about functionalities of purchased items. Unfortunately, networking and start-up of NEC N 1093100 alone are not enough. An instruction contains a number of clues concerning respective functionalities, safety rules, maintenance methods (what means should be used), eventual defects of NEC N 1093100, and methods of problem resolution. Eventually, when one still can't find the answer to his problems, he will be directed to the NEC service. Lately animated manuals and instructional videos are quite popular among customers. These kinds of user manuals are effective; they assure that a customer will familiarize himself with the whole material, and won't skip complicated, technical information of NEC N 1093100.

Why one should read the manuals?

It is mostly in the manuals where we will find the details concerning construction and possibility of the NEC N 1093100 item, and its use of respective accessory, as well as information concerning all the functions and facilities.

After a successful purchase of an item one should find a moment and get to know with every part of an instruction. Currently the manuals are carefully prearranged and translated, so they could be fully understood by its users. The manuals will serve as an informational aid.

Table of contents for the manual

  • Page 1

    IntraMail Features For additional resources, visit our Technical Support site on the web at http://www .necdsx.com . Introduction Features System 1001-1702 Station 2101-2501 Line 3101-3715 Voice Mail 4101-4231 Maintenance 9001-9042 Empowered by Innovation Software Manual P/N 1093100 Rev 3, June 2006 Printed in U.S.A . 01.00.00[...]

  • Page 2

    This manual has been developed by NEC Unified Solutions, Inc. It is intended for the use of its customers and service personnel, and should be read in its entirety before attempting to install or program the system. Any comments or suggestions for improving this manual would be appreciated. Forward your remarks to: NEC Unified Solutions, Inc. 4 For[...]

  • Page 3

    T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ i Table of Contents T ab le of Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Using the DSX Software Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1[...]

  • Page 4

    T able of Contents ii ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual Call Coverage Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Call Coverage Guard Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 User Programmable Feature . . . . . . [...]

  • Page 5

    T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ iii How Call Forwarding and Extension Hunting Interact with DID Calls . . . . . . . . . . . 102 DID Call Handling with Call Forwarding and Extension Hunting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 DID Station Intercept and Line Overflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Page 6

    T able of Contents iv ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual User Programmable Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Headset Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Headset Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Page 7

    T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ v Basic Night Service Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Off-Hook Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Off-Hook Signaling for Outside Calls . [...]

  • Page 8

    T able of Contents vi ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual Name Programming Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Silent Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Single Line Telephones . . . . . . . [...]

  • Page 9

    T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ vii Voice Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Call Forwarding to Voice Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Leaving a Message . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Page 10

    T able of Contents viii ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 Start-Up Programming . . [...]

  • Page 11

    T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ ix External Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483 Fax Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485 Flexible Answering Sche[...]

  • Page 12

    T able of Contents x ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual Message Storage Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548 Message Waiting Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549 Multiple Company Greetings . . . . . . [...]

  • Page 13

    T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ xi System Options: 1001-1702 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595 10xx-Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595 100x-System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

  • Page 14

    T able of Contents xii ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual 1212-01: Line Port Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615 1213-T1/E1 Card Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616 1213-01: Number of PCM Channels . . . [...]

  • Page 15

    T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ xiii 1403-05: FSK Message Waiting Lamp for Single Line Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636 1403-06: Loop Disconnect for Single Line Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636 1404-Caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Page 16

    T able of Contents xiv ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual 1512-Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657 1512-01: Automatic Handsfree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657 1512-02: Call Waiting Tone[...]

  • Page 17

    T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ xv 1603-03: Exclusive Hold Recall Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675 1603-04: Park Orbit Recall Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677 1604-Station Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Page 18

    T able of Contents xvi ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual 1631-05: Receive Dial Pulse Maximum Make Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696 1631-06: Receive Minimum Flash Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696 1631-07: Receive Maximum Flash Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Page 19

    T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ xvii 1654-04: GB Tone Complete Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712 1654-05: GC Response Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713 1654-06: GC Tone Complete Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

  • Page 20

    T able of Contents xviii ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual Stations: 2101-2501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719 21xx-Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719 210x-Setup . . . . . . . . . . [...]

  • Page 21

    T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ xix 2113-04: Privacy Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740 2113-05: Page Group (Zone) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740 2114-Off Hook Options . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

  • Page 22

    T able of Contents xx ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual 2143-02: Auto Erase/Save of Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 769 2143-03: Auto Time Stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 769 2143-04: Message Waiting Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Page 23

    T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ xxi 2311-01: UCD Group Mailbox Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793 2311-01: UCD Group Routing Mailbox Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793 2312-Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Page 24

    T able of Contents xxii ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual Lines: 3101-3715 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 809 31xx-Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 809 310x-Setup . . . . . . . . . . [...]

  • Page 25

    T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ xxiii 314x-TIE Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 830 3141-Dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 830 3141-01: Tie Line C[...]

  • Page 26

    T able of Contents xxiv ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual 3531-02: Table Type (Allow or Deny) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846 3532-Table Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 847 3532-xx: Table Data . . . . . . . . [...]

  • Page 27

    T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ xxv Voice Mail Options: 4101-4231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 863 41xx-Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 863 410x-System (Voice Mail System Options) .[...]

  • Page 28

    T able of Contents xxvi ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual 4212-[01-10]: Schedule End Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 886 Type 1 (Day of Week) Schedule Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 887 Type 2 (Range of Days) Schedule Example . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Page 29

    T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ xxvii Maintenance Options: 9001 - 9042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915 90xx-Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915 900x-Reset (Reset Utilities) . . . .[...]

  • Page 30

    T able of Contents xxviii ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual[...]

  • Page 31

    DSX Software Manual Intr oduction ◆ 1 Introduction Intr oduction Using the DSX Software Manual Using the DSX Software Manual How the Manual is Organized This manual describes the features and programming of the DSX telephone system. It is divided into eight chapters as follo ws: ❥ Introduction This is the chapter you are reading no w . It pro v[...]

  • Page 32

    Default Feature Setup 2 ◆ Introduction DSX Software Man ual Default Feature Setup Default Features Default Features f or Lines 1. All lines are loop start DTMF . • Use 3101-01: Line T ype (page 809) to change this assignment. 2. In DSX-80/160, lines 1-12 ring on line ke ys 1-12 for extensions 300-315. • All other extensions are lamp only for [...]

  • Page 33

    Default Feature Setup DSX Software Manual Introduction ◆ 3 Introduction Initial Startup Programming 1. From any display telephone: - Press INTERCOM + Dial #*#* - Enter the system password + HOLD 2. The system passwords are: - 632379 (NECDSX) for Installer (le vel 3) - 9999 for System Administrator 2 (level 2) - 0000 for System Administrator 1 (le[...]

  • Page 34

    Default Feature Setup 4 ◆ Introduction DSX Software Man ual Checking your System’ s Software Level How to Chec k y our System’ s Software Level T o chec k your system’ s software level: 1. Press INTERCOM . 2. Dial #*#* . • The system softw are lev el shows on the fi rst line of your display . • Y ou see: DSX-nn vxx.xx.xx 3. Press SPEAK[...]

  • Page 35

    Charts DSX Software Manual Introduction ◆ 5 Introduction Charts DSX Dial Codes b y Feature (P age 1 of 2) For this feature Dial this code When y ou are Barge In (Intrusion) 4 Barging-In on a co-w orker’ s call Call Forwarding INTERCOM + *30 Canceling Call Forw arding at an extension INTERCOM + *32 + Extension or 0 (for the operator) Enabling Ca[...]

  • Page 36

    Charts 6 ◆ Introduction DSX Software Man ual Monitor / Silent Monitor 6 Setting up Monitor after calling a busy co-worker Night Service / Night Ring ** + UN A code (01-04) Answering a call ringing UN A at night P aging INTERCOM + *1 + Page zone (1-7 or 0 for All Call) Making an internal Paging announce- ment P ark INTERCOM + * + System Park Orbit[...]

  • Page 37

    Charts DSX Software Manual Introduction ◆ 7 Introduction System Number Plan/Capacities (P age 1 of 2) DSX40 DSX80/160 System Options Classes of Service 1-15 (COS 1 normally reserved for attendants) Conference 32 simultaneous users in Conference (total of all Conferences system-wide) 8 simultaneous Conferences maximum 8 parties maximum in any one [...]

  • Page 38

    Charts 8 ◆ Introduction DSX Software Man ual Analog Door Boxes, Built-In 20 Analog Door Boxes, T otal The maximum number of DSX Analog Door Boxes you can install is determined by the number of 2PGD AD Modules, which in turn is limited only by the av ailability of 16ESIU station ports. DSS Consoles 4 The System Load Factor may limit the total numb[...]

  • Page 39

    T elephone Illustrations DSX Software Manual Introduction ◆ 9 Introduction Telephone Illustrations 22-Button Displa y T elephone ABC JKL TUV VOLUME GHI PQRS DEF TRANSFER FLASH REDIAL MUTE SPEAKER INTERCOM CLEAR CHECK V -MAIL DND CONF HOLD MNO WXYZ In DSX-40: Keys 1-8 are line keys. Keys 9-12 are undefined. In DSX-80/160: Keys 1-12 are line keys. [...]

  • Page 40

    T elephone Illustrations 10 ◆ Introduction DSX Software Man ual 34-Button Displa y T elephone ABC JKL TUV VOLUME GHI PQRS DEF TRANSFER FLASH REDIAL MUTE SPEAKER INTERCOM CLEAR CHECK V -MAIL DND CONF HOLD MNO WXYZ 1093100 - 1 In DSX-40: Keys 1-8 are line keys. Keys 9-24 are undefined. In DSX-80/160: Keys 1-12 are line keys. Keys 13-24 are undefine[...]

  • Page 41

    T elephone Illustrations DSX Software Manual Introduction ◆ 11 Introduction 34-Button Super Displa y T elephone ABC JKL TUV VOLUME GHI PQRS DEF TRANSFER FLASH REDIAL MUTE SPEAKER INTERCOM CLEAR CHECK V -MAIL DND CONF HOLD MNO WXYZ Director y V-Mail 00 Calls 00 Menu Pa e SP Dial 2 1093100 - 4 SP Dial 1 g In DSX-40: Keys 1-8 are line keys. Keys 9-2[...]

  • Page 42

    T elephone Illustrations 12 ◆ Introduction DSX Software Man ual 60-Button DSS Console TRANSFER ANSWER 1093100 -3 RELEASE 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 ALL CALL Park 60 Park 61 Night Park[...]

  • Page 43

    DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 13 Features Features Introduction Intr oduction How T o Use This Chapter This chapter provides detailed information on the system’ s features. The features in this chapter are in alpha- betical order , like a dictionary, and are subdi vided into headings as follo ws: ❥ Description Read Description to get an ov e[...]

  • Page 44

    Account Codes 14 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Account Codes Description Account Codes are user-dialed codes that help cate gorize and/or restrict outside calls. Account Codes are from 2-10 digits long, using any combination of the digits 0-9. There are three types of Account Codes: ❥ Optional (Unforced Account Codes) ❥ Forced Account Codes [...]

  • Page 45

    Account Codes DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 15 Features An extension user can preselect a line for a Last Number Redial or Sa ve call. Account Codes and Emergency Calls Account Codes are ne ver enforced for emergenc y (911 and 1+911) calls. DSS Console Account Code Ke y A keyset user can ha ve an Account Code key on their DSS Console. It w orks [...]

  • Page 46

    Account Codes 16 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Setting Up Forced Account Codes 1. In 2102-01: Class of Service (page 724), check the extension’ s Class of Service lev el. 2. If yes (enable Forced Account Codes), in 1412-04: F orced Account Codes (page 651) for the extension’ s Class of Service lev el, enter Ye s . 3. If no (disable Forced Ac[...]

  • Page 47

    Account Codes DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 17 Features Programming Examples 1. In 1412-04: F orced Account Codes (page 651), enter Ye s . 2. In 1412-06: Account Codes for T oll Calls Only (page 651), enter Ye s . 3. In 1551-04: Account Code T oll Restriction Le vel (page 668), enter 2 (for example). Make the follo wing entries for T oll Restric[...]

  • Page 48

    Account Codes 18 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual 1. In 1412-04: F orced Account Codes (page 651), enter Ye s . 2. In 1412-06: Account Codes for T oll Calls Only (page 651), enter Ye s . 3. In 1551-04: Account Code T oll Restriction Le vel (page 668), enter 2 (for example). Make the follo wing entries for T oll Restriction Level 2. 4. In 3511-01: A[...]

  • Page 49

    Account Codes DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 19 Features Other Related Features Features Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing (page 78) • Y ou can use Store and Forw ard with Forced Account Codes. Last Number Redial (page 219) and Save Number Dialed (page 298) • Last Number Redial and Sa ve do not store Account Codes. This means that the user mus[...]

  • Page 50

    Account Codes 20 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Forced Account Codes [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] • F orced Account Codes may prevent Speed Dial from dialing 911 emergency services. • Forced Account Codes do not apply to incoming calls. T o enter a Forced Ac[...]

  • Page 51

    Alphanumeric Display DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 21 Features Alphanumeric Display Description The 22- and 34-Button Display T elephones ha ve a three-line, 24-character per line alphanumeric display . The fi rst line displays the date and time (while idle) and feature status messages. The second line is used extensi vely by IntraMail. The thi[...]

  • Page 52

    Attendant Call Queuing 22 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Attendant Call Queuing Description An unlimited number of callers can queue for the attendant. The callers hear ringback while the y wait for the attendant to answer — not busy tone. If you ha ve the attendant as the o ver fl o w destination for Direct Inward Lines, for example, unanswer[...]

  • Page 53

    Attendant Call Queuing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 23 Features Operation Attendant Call Queuing [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o answer a call fl ashing the Operator Call K e y: 1. Press the fl ashing Operator Call key .[...]

  • Page 54

    Attendant Position 24 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Attendant Position Description The attendant is the focal point for call processing within the system. The system can ha ve up to four atten- dants. In addition to the features of a standard ke yset, the attendant also has the following unique capabilities (refer to the respectiv e feature for [...]

  • Page 55

    Attendant Position DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 25 Features Programming 1. A DSS Console will also help the attendant process calls more quickly . 1. For a single operator: - In 1501-01: Number of Operators (page 652), enter 1 . - In 1502-01: Operator Number 1 (page 653), enter the e xtension number for operator 1. - If you omit this step, by d[...]

  • Page 56

    Attendant Position 26 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Bar ge In (Intrusion) (page 36) Since the attendant is nev er busy , Intercom callers cannot Bar ge In on an attendant. Call Covera ge K e ys (page 40) A Call Cov erage Ke y will not pick up a call ringing the attendant’ s Operator Call K ey . Call W aiting / C[...]

  • Page 57

    Attendant Position DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 27 Features Operation Attendant P osition [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o call the attendant: 1. Press INTERCOM . • Y ou hear dial tone. 2. Dial 0 . • Y ou hear two beeps. • This calls the attendant assign[...]

  • Page 58

    Auto Redial 28 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Auto Redial Description Auto Redial periodically redials a busy outside number . If a keyset user places an outside call and the call recipient is busy , the user can press a soft ke y to enable Auto Redial. The keyset user doesn’ t hav e to retry the number , hoping it will go through. Auto Redial [...]

  • Page 59

    Auto Redial DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 29 Features Programming 1. If yes, leav e 1602-06: Repeat Redial T imer (page 673) at its current setting. 2. If no, change 1602-06: Repeat Redial T imer (page 673) to meet the site requirements. 1. If yes, leav e 1602-07: Repeat Redial Busy T imer (page 673) at its current setting. 2. If no, change 1602[...]

  • Page 60

    Automatic Handsfree 30 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Automatic Handsfree Description Automatic Handsfree allows a k eyset user to place or answer a call Handsfree by just pressing a ke y — with- out lifting the handset or pressing SPEAKER fi rst. If enabled, the system pro vides Automatic Handsfree for: ❥ Call Cov erage keys ❥ Central Of [...]

  • Page 61

    Automatic Handsfree DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 31 Features Other Related Features Features Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing (page 78) W ith Automatic Handsfree, an extension user can press a line key to place an outside call without fi rst lifting the handset or pressing SPEAKER . Users without Automatic Handsfree can preselect a line ke y b[...]

  • Page 62

    Automatic Ring Down 32 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Automatic Ring Down Description T urn to Ringdown Extension (page 293).[...]

  • Page 63

    Automatic Slot Configuration DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 33 Features Automatic Slot Con fi guration Description Automatic Slot Con fi guration automatically sets up station and line PCBs when you initially po wer up the system. This simpli fi es installation because you don’t hav e to use system programming to activ ate station and line [...]

  • Page 64

    Background Music 34 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Background Music Description Background Music (BGM) sends music from a customer-pro vided music source to speakers in ke ysets. If an extension user acti v ates it, BGM plays whenev er the extension is idle. Incoming calls and P aging announce- ments temporarily ov erride (turn off) Background Mu[...]

  • Page 65

    Background Music DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 35 Features Other Related Features Features Do Not Disturb (page 143) DND does not affect the operation of Background Music. Headset Compatibility (page 198) Background Music plays in the headset when the extension is in the headset mode. Music on Hold (page 246) Background Music and Music on Hold s[...]

  • Page 66

    Barge In (Intrusion) 36 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Barge In (Intrusion) Description Barge In permits an e xtension user to break into another extension user’ s established call. This sets up a three-way con v ersation between the intruding extension and the two parties on the initial call. The user can Barge In on an Intercom call or outsid[...]

  • Page 67

    Barge In (Intrusion) DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 37 Features Operation Barge In (Intrusion) [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o Barge In on a call: 1. Place one of the follo wing types of call: • Call busy e xtension. • Press line ke y for busy line. • Pre[...]

  • Page 68

    Battery Backup 38 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Battery Backup Description In the ev ent of commercial AC po wer failure, the N AND Flash memory on the CPU PCB permanently main- tains the site database. Additionally , an internal battery on the CPU provides short-term backup of the sys- tem date and time (Real T ime Clock) and certain station pa[...]

  • Page 69

    Brightness Control DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 39 Features Brightness Control Description T urn to V olume, Brightness, and Contr ast Contr ols (page 388).[...]

  • Page 70

    Call Coverage Keys 40 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Call Coverage Keys Description A keyset can ha ve Call Co verage K eys for a co-w orker’ s extensions, Ring Group master numbers and UCD Group master numbers. The Call Co verage K ey lights when the co-w orker’ s extension is busy , fl ashes slowly when the co-worker has an incoming call, [...]

  • Page 71

    Call Coverage Keys DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 41 Features Programming 1. In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Codes (page 758): - For an Immediate Ring Call Co verage ke y , assign key code 06. - For a No Ring (Lamp Only) Call Co verage ke y , assign key code 07. - For a Delay Ring Call Co verage ke y , assign key code 08. 2. In 2121-[01 to 24[...]

  • Page 72

    Call Coverage Keys 42 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Dir ect Station Selection (DSS) Console (page 120) DSS Consoles can hav e Call Cov erage keys. Distinctive Ringing (page 135) By using Ke y Ring Override, Distincti ve Ringing allo ws an e xtension user to set up unique ringing for their Call Cov erage keys. Door[...]

  • Page 73

    Call Coverage Keys DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 43 Features Operation User Programmab le Feature Answering Call Co verage K eys [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o answer a call ringing or fl ashing a Call Co vera ge key: 1. Press the fl ashing Call Cov erage k[...]

  • Page 74

    Call Forwarding 44 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Call Forwarding Description Call Forw arding permits an extension user to redirect their call to another extension. The types of Call For - warding are: ❥ Call Forwarding when Not Answered Calls ringing the extension forward when not answered. ❥ Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered Calls [...]

  • Page 75

    Call Forwarding DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 45 Features Call Forwarding T oggle in a P ersonal Speed Dial Bin If an extension doesn’ t hav e an av ailable Feature K ey for a Call Forw arding key , the user can program a Per - sonal Speed Dial bin for similar operation (without the BLF). T o do this: ❥ While on hook, dial #77 . ❥ Press th[...]

  • Page 76

    Call Forwarding 46 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Call Forwarding Timer s The follo wing diagrams show ho w the system implements v arious timers when handling forwarded calls. Refer to the programming for each indi vidual timer for more information. T ransferred Outside Call to Forwar ded Extension DIL (no over fl ow) to Forwar ded Extension 16[...]

  • Page 77

    Call Forwarding DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 47 Features DIL (with over fl ow) to Forwar ded Extension Outside Call on Hold at Forwar ded Extension Conditions • An e xtension’ s Call F orwarding is reinstated after a po wer down or system reset. F or example, an extension with calls forwarded immediately to v oice mail will still be forwar[...]

  • Page 78

    Call Forwarding 48 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. In 2102-01: Class of Service (page 724), check the extension’ s Class of Service lev el. 2. If yes, in 1406-02: Internal Call F orwarding (page 643) enter Ye s . 3. If no, in 1406-02: Internal Call F orwarding (page 643) enter No . 1. In yes, leav e 1601-03: Call F orward No Answe[...]

  • Page 79

    Call Forwarding DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 49 Features Gr oup Ring (page 189) Call Forw arding will not reroute Group Ring calls. Inter com (page 211) Call Forw arding when Busy and Call Forwarding when Busy/Not Answered will not reroute voice- announced Intercom calls. It will reroute only ringing Intercom calls. K e y Ring (page 214) Call F[...]

  • Page 80

    Call Forwarding 50 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation User Programmab le Feature Activating or Canceling Call Forwar ding In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o activate Call Forwar ding: 1. Select the Call Forwarding options. [Menu + Call Forward] [Menu + Cfwd] Alternately do one of the follo wing: • Pres[...]

  • Page 81

    Call Forwarding Off Premises DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 51 Features Call Forwarding Off Premises Description Off Premises Call F orwarding allo ws a ke yset user to forward their calls to an of f-site location (such as a cell phone or remote of fi ce) if allowed by their Class of Service. K eyset users can stay in touch by ha ving Of f Premi[...]

  • Page 82

    Call Forwarding Off Premises 52 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual • An e xtension Speed Dial number stored in bin 719 should not be longer than 16 digits. If it is, the sys- tem automatically clears bin 719 when it stores an Of f Premises Call Forwarding number in bin 720. • An e xtension user cannot off premise call forw ard to a Personal Speed[...]

  • Page 83

    Call Forwarding Off Premises DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 53 Features Other Related Features Features Call F orwarding (page 44) Call Forwarding permits an e xtension user to redirect their call to another extension. Single Line T elephones (page 305) Call Forwarding Of f Premises is not a vailable at single line telephones. IntraMail Features [...]

  • Page 84

    Call Forwarding Off Premises 54 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual c. To view the currently enabled Off Premises Call Forw arding number (if any): [VIEW] [View] Select to vie w the currently stored number . • Press SPEAKER to exit the view mode. 4. Select the Call Forwarding mode. [All] [All] Select forwarding all calls. • Alternately dial 2 . [L[...]

  • Page 85

    Call T imer DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 55 Features Call Timer Description Call T imer lets a k eyset user with a Call T imer key time their outside calls on the telephone display . There are two types of Call T imer keys: ❥ Manual Call Timer Any time while placing a call or while on a call, a display k eyset user can press their Manual Call[...]

  • Page 86

    Call T imer 56 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Caller ID (page 63) The Auto T imer feature interacts with Caller ID on the fi rst line of the telephone display . Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing (page 78) Call T imer sho ws the time a user has been on an outside call. Flash (page 177) Flash restarts the Call T imer[...]

  • Page 87

    Call T imer DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 57 Features Stopping and Restarting the Call Timer f or Y our Call In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o stop the Call Timer: 1. Do one of the follo wing. a. [Timer] [Time] Press the Call T imer soft k ey . b. Press the Manual or Automatic Call T imer key . 2. The Call T[...]

  • Page 88

    Call W aiting / Camp-On 58 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Call Waiting / Camp-On Description W ith Call W aiting, an extension user may call a b usy extension and wait in line (Camp-On) without hanging up. When the user Camps-On (by dialing 2), the system signals the busy e xtension with two beeps indicating the fi rst waiting call. (The b usy e[...]

  • Page 89

    Call W aiting / Camp-On DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 59 Features Programming 1. In 2102-01: Class of Service (page 724), check the sending extension’ s Class of Service lev el. 2. If yes, in 1402-03: Camp-On to Busy Extension (page 633), enter Ye s for the initiating extension. - Check step 2 belo w to be sure Camp-On is not blocked by the re[...]

  • Page 90

    Call W aiting / Camp-On 60 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Attendant P osition (page 24) An extension user cannot Camp-On to the attendant because the attendant’ s extension is ne ver b usy . Callback (page 61) If an extension user Camps-On and then hangs up, the system con verts the Camp-On to a Callback. Caller [...]

  • Page 91

    Callback DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 61 Features Callback Description When an extension user calls a b usy co-worker , they can leav e a Callback request for a return call. The sys- tem services Callback requests as follo ws: ❥ Caller at extension A leav es a Callback at extension B. - Caller can place or answer additional calls in the mean [...]

  • Page 92

    Callback 62 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Attendant P osition (page 24) An extension user cannot lea ve a Callback for the attendant because the attendant’ s extension is ne ver b usy . Call W aiting / Camp-On (page 58) If an extension user starts to lea ve a Callback request b ut doesn’t hang up, the system C[...]

  • Page 93

    Caller ID DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 63 Features Caller ID Description Caller ID allows a display k eyset to sho w an incoming caller’ s telephone number (called Directory Number or DN) and optional name as the call is ringing. Caller ID supports the telco’ s Called Number Identi fi cation (CNI) and Called Number Deli very (CND) service,[...]

  • Page 94

    Caller ID 64 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Third P ar ty Caller ID Check Third Party Caller ID Check allo ws an idle or busy k eyset user to display the Caller ID data for another line. The line that the user checks can be ringing or busy . Caller ID Display Separator An extension’ s display can optionally show a calling party number separator[...]

  • Page 95

    Caller ID DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 65 Features Programming 1. If yes: - In 3121-01: Caller ID T ype (page 825) enter the type of Caller ID required (DSP = 1 , A TR U-DB = 2, T1/E1 ANI = 3 ). - For ANI Caller ID, in 3121-02: ANI/DNIS F ormat (page 825) and 3121-04: Number of ANI Digits (page 826), set for compatibility with the connected ser[...]

  • Page 96

    Caller ID 66 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Call T imer (page 55) The Auto T imer feature interacts with Caller ID on the fi rst line of the telephone display . If an exten- sion has Call T imer enabled, the fi rst line (i.e., caller’ s name) of the Second Call Caller ID display won’ t show . The user will on[...]

  • Page 97

    Caller ID DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 67 Features Operation Clearing the Displa y In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o cancel (clear) the Caller ID displa y and return y our phone to its normal displa y: • Y ou can only do this while you are on a call, not while your phone is ringing. 1. Press CLEAR . T o t[...]

  • Page 98

    Caller ID Logging 68 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Caller ID Logging Description When caller ID is enabled, Caller ID Logging stores a record of the caller’ s number and name (if provided by the telco) for each outside call that rings an extension. This allows an e xtension user to easily re view and redial their calls. The system can log reco[...]

  • Page 99

    Caller ID Logging DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 69 Features T ypes of Calls that are Logged Call ID Logging will make a record of any outside call to an e xtension that can normally be answered using Ringing Line Preference. These include: ❥ Line ke y (Ke y Ring) and Loop Ke y calls ❥ T ransfers ❥ Direct Inward Lines (DILs) ❥ Group Ring [...]

  • Page 100

    Caller ID Logging 70 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming Setting Up Caller ID Callbacks 1. If Caller ID is not installed, turn to Caller ID (page 63) and set up your system’ s Caller ID. 1. In 3711-01: Caller ID Callback Route T ype (page 856), select the type of route used for Caller ID call- backs ( 1 = line, 2 = Line Group). 2. For li[...]

  • Page 101

    Caller ID Logging DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 71 Features - In 3712-03: Home Ar ea Code Exception List T ype (page 859), specify the Home Ar ea Code Excep- tion List T able as a T oll T able ( 1 ) or a Local T able ( 0 ). - If it is a T oll T able, the codes you enter in the table are toll calls. All other codes are local calls. - If it is a L[...]

  • Page 102

    Caller ID Logging 72 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming Examples 1. In 3121-01: Caller ID T ype (page 825) for each line enter the type of Caller ID required: - (DSP = 1 , A TR U-DB = 2, T1/E1 ANI = 3 ). 2. Set up the outbound route for Caller ID callbacks. - In 3711-01: Caller ID Callback Route T ype (page 856), select the type of route [...]

  • Page 103

    Caller ID Logging DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 73 Features Operation Revie wing the Caller ID Log In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o revie w your Caller ID log: 1. [Calls XX] [CLXX] Select the Caller ID log. • Y our Ring/Message Lamp will wink on (green) when you ha ve Caller ID records that you hav e not [...]

  • Page 104

    Central Office Calls, Answering 74 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering Description The system provides fl e xible routing of incoming CO calls to meet the exact site requirements. Answering Priority When multiple calls ring an extension simultaneously , the system services the ringing calls in the follo w- ing orde[...]

  • Page 105

    Central Office Calls, Answering DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 75 Features Programming Basic Programming 1. In 3101-01: Line T ype (page 809), set the circuit type to match the connected service. 2. In 3101-03: DTMF Dialing (page 811) , indicate whether the line is DTMF ( 1 ) or Dial Pulse ( 0 ). 3. In 3103-03: Loop Length (page 815) for analog [...]

  • Page 106

    Central Office Calls, Answering 76 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Setting Up Line and Loop Ke ys 1. For line k eys: - In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Codes (page 758), enter 03 . - In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Data (page 758), enter the line number ( 1-64 ). - If an extension doesn’ t have any line k eys, you should assign F ixed or[...]

  • Page 107

    Central Office Calls, Answering DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 77 Features Other Related Features Features Call T imer (page 55) The Call T imer helps a user k eep track of the time they spend on the phone. Dir ect Inwar d Line (page 109) A DIL rings an extension directly . Line K e ys (page 227) Line keys simplify answering outside calls. Loop [...]

  • Page 108

    Central Office Calls, Placing 78 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing Description The system provides fl e xibility in the way each extension user can place outgoing calls. A user can place a call by: ❥ Pressing a Line K ey Any ke yset can hav e line ke ys for one-touch access to speci fi c lines. - See Line K e ys[...]

  • Page 109

    Central Office Calls, Placing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 79 Features Default Setting • Lines 1-12 ring on line keys 1-12 for extensions 300-315. All other extensions are lamp only for lines 1-12. Lines 13-64 do not appear on line ke ys. • All extensions hav e full access on all lines. • Line Group Routing (dial 9) is assigned to Line G[...]

  • Page 110

    Central Office Calls, Placing 80 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming Basic Programming 1. In 3101-01: Line T ype (page 809), set the circuit type to match the connected service. 2. In 3101-03: DTMF Dialing (page 811) , indicate whether the line is DTMF ( 1 ) or Dial Pulse ( 0 ). 3. In 3103-03: Loop Length (page 815) for analog lines only [...]

  • Page 111

    Central Office Calls, Placing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 81 Features Access Code Options 1. For single digit access: - In 1301-[01-10]: Function T ype (page 620), check to be sure the digit 9 is type 3 (Line Group). - In 1301-[01-10]: Expected Number of Digits (page 620) for the digit 9, enter 1 . - In 2113-01: Dial 9 Gr oup (page 738), assi[...]

  • Page 112

    Central Office Calls, Placing 82 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Setting Up T ransmit and Receive Gain 1. If yes, leav e 3103-01: T ransmit Gain (page 814) for the line at it’ s current value. 2. If no, in 3103-01: T ransmit Gain (page 814) adjust the line’ s transmit gain as required. 1. If yes, leav e 3103-02: Receive Gain (page 814) for th[...]

  • Page 113

    Central Office Calls, Placing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 83 Features Other Related Features Features Account Codes (page 14) Y ou can use Store and Forward with F orced Account Codes. Automatic Handsfr ee (page 30) W ith Automatic Handsfree, an extension user can press a line key to place an outside call without fi rst lifting the handset o[...]

  • Page 114

    Central Office Calls, Placing 84 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Placing Outside Calls Using Line K eys In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o place an outside call o ver a speci fi c line using a line key: 1. Lift handset. 2. Press line ke y . • Y ou hear dial tone on the line you select and the line[...]

  • Page 115

    Central Office Calls, Placing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 85 Features Using Store and Forward Feature Name In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o place an outside call using Store and Forwar d: 1. Do one of the follo wing. a. Press INTERCOM and dial 9 . • Y ou may optionally be able to dial 90 - 98 . b. Pres[...]

  • Page 116

    Check Key 86 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Check Key Description A keyset user can use the CHECK key to check k eyset and DSS Console Feature K ey assignments and Per - sonal Speed Dial bin names. Conditions • None Default Setting • Enabled Programming None Other Related Features Features Dir ect Station Selection (DSS) Console (page 120) Ch[...]

  • Page 117

    Check Key DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 87 Features a. Press the Personal Speed Dial bin ke y once to display the name for the lower numbered bin. • For example, pressing bin 1 in this step displays the name for 701. b. Press the Personal Speed Dial bin ke y a second time to display the number stored in the lower num- bered bin. • For exampl[...]

  • Page 118

    Class of Service 88 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Class of Service Description Class of Service (COS) sets various features and options for e xtensions and outside lines. The system allo ws any number of e xtensions and lines to share the same Class of Service. The Class of Service options are pro- vided by the follo wing programs: ❥ 140x-Stat[...]

  • Page 119

    Conference DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 89 Features Conference Description Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to their con versation. The follo w- ing table shows the system’ s Conference capacities: The system’ s 32 Conference circuits are dynamically allocated as users request them. Conditions • [...]

  • Page 120

    Conference 90 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Setting up a Conference In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o set up a Conference: 1. Establish an Intercom or outside call. 2. Press CONF . • Y our hear Intercom dial tone. • Y our caller hears Music on Hold (if installed) while they w ait for you to set[...]

  • Page 121

    Conference, Meet-Me DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 91 Features Conference, Meet-Me Description T urn to Meet-Me Confer ence (page 236).[...]

  • Page 122

    Conference, Unsupervised 92 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Conference, Unsupervised Description T urn to T andem Calls / Unsupervised Conference (page 341).[...]

  • Page 123

    Contrast Controls DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 93 Features Contrast Controls Description T urn to V olume, Brightness, and Contr ast Contr ols (page 388).[...]

  • Page 124

    Cordless T elephone 94 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Cordless Telephone Description The DSX Cordless Lite II T elephone (P/N 730087) is a 900 Mhz digital narro w band FM cord- less telephone that provides mobility , fl exibility and con venience for those who spend much of the workday a way from their desk. Fully integrated with the DSX system,[...]

  • Page 125

    Delayed Ringing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 95 Features Delayed Ringing Description Delayed Ringing allo ws a line to start ringing a preset interval after the call starts fl ashing a line k ey . This is helpful for co-workers that co ver each other’ s calls. For example, a secretary can ha ve Delayed Ringing for the lines that ring the bos[...]

  • Page 126

    Dial Number Preview 96 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Dial Number Preview Description Dial Number Pre view lets a display ke yset user dial and re view a number before the system dials it out. Conditions • None. Default Setting • Enabled Programming None Other Related Features Features Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing (page 78) Dial Number Pr[...]

  • Page 127

    Dial Number Preview DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 97 Features 4. Press a line key to ha ve the system automatically dial the displayed number . Dial Number Previe w Editing Example In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o replace 2049265410 with 2039265400: 1. Dial * follo wed by 2049265410 . Y ou see: 2049265410- [...]

  • Page 128

    Dial T one Detection 98 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Dial Tone Detection Description The system can optionally detect precise CO dial tone for automatically dialed outside calls (such as Speed Dial and Auto Redial calls). W ith Dial T one Detection enabled for a line, the system will monitor the line when initially seized for v alid dial tone o[...]

  • Page 129

    Direct Inward Dialing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 99 Features Direct Inward Dialing Description Direct Inward Dialing (DID) lets outside callers directly dial system e xtensions. DID saves time for callers who kno w the extension number they wish to reach. T o place a DID call, the outside caller dials the local exchange (NXX) and additional d[...]

  • Page 130

    Direct Inward Dialing 100 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual - If the telco doesn’t send an y digits into the system, or If the digits sent by the telco don’t correspond to a DID T ranslation T able entry , or If the destination extension is out of service: The call follo ws the 3112-T ermination routing for the line. This includes the settings f[...]

  • Page 131

    Direct Inward Dialing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 101 Features DID Call Handling The follo wing steps illustrate how the system handles DID calls when the call is not intercepted by an e xten- sion’ s Call Forwarding or Extension Hunting. Basic DID Call Handling 1. If yes: V acant Intercept The call normally follo ws the following Line Ov er[...]

  • Page 132

    Direct Inward Dialing 102 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual How Call Forwar ding and Extension Hunting Interact with DID Calls The follo wing chart summarizes how the system handles unanswered DID calls when Call F orwarding and/ or Extension Hunting are enabled at an extension. F or the speci fi c routing details, see: ❥ DID Call Handling with C[...]

  • Page 133

    Direct Inward Dialing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 103 Features DID Call Handling with Call Forwarding and Extension Hunting The following tw o tables show the detailed interaction between Call F orwarding and Extension Hunting for unanswered DID Calls. These interactions occur when an e xtension user enables Call Forwarding and their extension[...]

  • Page 134

    Direct Inward Dialing 104 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual No Answer *36 • DID call rings destination. • If unanswered, it rings the forwarding destination. • If still unanswered, call routes to Line Over fl ow . • DID call rings the hunt destination. • If unanswered, call routes to Line Over fl ow . Forwarding Off *30 • DID call ring[...]

  • Page 135

    Direct Inward Dialing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 105 Features DID Station Intercept and Line Over fl ow The following table sho ws the detailed interaction between DID Station Intercept and Line Over fl o w for unan- swered DID Calls. These interactions occur when an extension has DID Station Intercept enabled, the DID line has Line Over ?[...]

  • Page 136

    Direct Inward Dialing 106 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming Basic Programming 1. Be sure your T1 PCB is installed and connected and that your telco is pro viding T1 DID service. 2. In 3101-01: Line T ype (page 809), enter the correct circuit type for each DID line: - 03 for DID W ink Start - 04 for DID Immediate Start 3. In 3101-03: DTMF[...]

  • Page 137

    Direct Inward Dialing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 107 Features - In 3121-04: Number of ANI Digits (page 826), specify the number of digits the telco provides in the ANI number ( for option 1 abo ve only ). This program does not apply to options 2-4 above. 2. If no, in 3121-01: Caller ID T ype (page 825) do not enter 3 to enable ANI-based Calle[...]

  • Page 138

    Direct Inward Dialing 108 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual 1. If yes, leav e 1601-02: DIL No Answer T imer (page 669) at its current value. 2. If no, adjust 1601-02: DIL No Answer T imer (page 669) as required. 1. In 2102-01: Class of Service (page 724), check the extension’ s Class of Service lev el. 2. If yes, in 1401-09: Receive DID Camp-On (p[...]

  • Page 139

    Direct Inward Line DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 109 Features Direct Inward Line Description A Direct Inward Line (DIL) is a line that rings an e xtension directly . Since DILs only ring one e xtension, employees alw ays know which calls are for them. F or example, a compan y operator can hav e a Direct Inward Line for International Sales Inform[...]

  • Page 140

    Direct Inward Line 110 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming Basic Programming 1. In 3101-01: Line T ype (page 809), check to be sure the line’ s circuit type matches the connected service. 2. In 3101-03: DTMF Dialing (page 811), indicate whether the line is DTMF ( 1 ) or Dial Pulse ( 0 ). 1. In the day: - In 3112-01: Dir ect T ermination [...]

  • Page 141

    Direct Inward Line DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 111 Features DIL Over fl ow 1. If yes: - In 3112-02: Enable Day Over fl ow (page 819) enter Ye s . - In 3112-03: Day Over fl ow Destination (page 820) enter the day ov er fl ow destination. The destina- tion can be: - An extension - A UCD Group master number - The v oice mail master number - A[...]

  • Page 142

    Direct Inward Line 112 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Setting Up Line and Loop Ke ys 1. For line k eys: - In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Codes (page 758), enter 03 . - In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Data (page 758), enter the DIL line number ( 1-64 ). - If an extension doesn’ t have any line k eys, you should assign F ixed or Switc he[...]

  • Page 143

    Direct Inward Line DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 113 Features Other Related Features Features Call F orwarding (page 44) Call Forwarding will reroute an e xtension’ s DILs. Call W aiting / Camp-On (page 58) A DIL to a busy e xtension will send Camp-On tones (if the extension is programmed to normally recei ve Camp-On tones). Central Of fi ce [...]

  • Page 144

    Direct Inward Line 114 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Handling Y our Direct Inward Lines In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o answer a call on y our Direct Inwar d Line: 1. The line or loop ke y for your DIL fl ashes green. 2. Lift handset. • The key lights on green when you connect to your caller .[...]

  • Page 145

    Direct Line Access DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 115 Features Direct Line Access Description Direct Line Access lets an extension user access (seize) an individual line. After seizing the line, the user can dial any outside telephone number without restriction. An extension’ s Class of Service allows or denies Direct Line Access. Direct Line A[...]

  • Page 146

    Direct Line Access 116 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Using Direct Line Access In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o place a call over a speci fi c line using Direct Line Access: 1. Lift the handset. 2. Press INTERCOM . 3. Dial 1 plus the line number (e.g., 01 for line 1). • If you hear busy tone, yo[...]

  • Page 147

    Direct Station Selection (DSS) DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 117 Features Direct Station Selection (DSS) Description If an extension’ s Direct Station Selection (DSS) Ke ys are enabled, Feature Ke ys automatically become Direct Station Selection (DSS) keys when the user presses INTERCOM . Direct Station Selection provides an extension user wit[...]

  • Page 148

    Direct Station Selection (DSS) 118 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. If yes: - In 2111-03: Enable DSS/BLF K e ys (page 731), enter Ye s . - In 2114-01: Prime Line K e y (page 741), do not enable Intercom Prime Line. This pre vents the extension’ s line keys from switching to DSS mode when the user lifts the handset while idle. 2. If[...]

  • Page 149

    Direct Station Selection (DSS) DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 119 Features Operation User Programmab le Feature Placing a Call using a DSS K ey In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o place a call to a co-w orker using a DSS key: 1. Lift the handset. 2. Press INTERCOM . • Y our DSS ke ys show the status of the as[...]

  • Page 150

    Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console 120 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console Description The DSS Console (P/N 1090024 for black and P/N 090029 for white) gi ves a ke yset user one-button access to e xten- sions, lines, and selected features. This sa ves time for users that do a lot of call processing such as op[...]

  • Page 151

    Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 121 Features Default DSS Console Ke y Assignments The follo wing illustration shows the default DSS Console k ey assignments. Conditions • Y ou must consider the System Load Factor when installing DSS Consoles. Default Setting • The fi rst DSS Console installed auto-IDs as[...]

  • Page 152

    Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console 122 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. In 1202-01: Primary Station P ort Assignment (page 612), assign each DSS Console hardware (physical) port to a software port. - 301 for DSS Console 1 - 302 for DSS Console 2 - 303 for DSS Console 3 - 304 for DSS Console 4 - Note that the fi rst DSS Console i[...]

  • Page 153

    Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 123 Features DSS Console Feature Ke y Assignments DSS Console Feature K ey Assignments (P age 1 of 4) Ke y T ype Description Ke y Code and Data Operation Unde fi ned Use this option to designate a Feature K ey as unde fi ned (no function). 0 N/A Line (page 227) Use this optio[...]

  • Page 154

    Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console 124 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Call Covera ge No Ring (page 40) Use this option to assign a Feature Ke y as a lamp only (no ring) Call Cov erage Ke y . 7 + nnn (extension number) • Press key to call co v- ered extension or pick up ringing call. Busy Lamp Field (BLF) Off . . . . . . . . . . . Covered ex[...]

  • Page 155

    Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 125 Features System Speed Dial (page 315) Use this option to assign a Feature Ke y as a System Speed Dial key . Y ou assign the ke y to speci fi c System Speed Dial bin. • There is no BLF for this key type. 14 + nnn (bin 001- 999) • Press key to dial stored number . P erso[...]

  • Page 156

    Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console 126 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Save Number Dialed (page 298) Use this option to assign a Feature Ke y as a Sav e Number Dialed key . • There is no BLF for this key type. 25 While on a call: • Press key to sa ve the number you just dialed. While idle: • Press key to redial a pre viously saved number[...]

  • Page 157

    Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 127 Features Other Related Features Features Account Codes (page 14) A DSS Console can hav e an Account Code k ey to simplify Account Code entry . Call Cover age K e ys (page 40) A DSS Console can hav e Call Cov erage keys. Call F orwarding (page 44) A DSS Console Call Forw ard[...]

  • Page 158

    Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console 128 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation See DSS Console F eatur e K e y Assignments (page 123). User Programmab le Feature Using the Speed Pr ocessing Ke ys on the DSS Console In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o use the ANSWER key: 1. Press ANSWER to answer any call r[...]

  • Page 159

    Directed Call Pickup DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 129 Features Directed Call Pickup Description Directed Call Pickup permits an extension user to intercept an y type of call ringing another extension. W ith Directed Call Pickup, an extension user can pick up: ❥ Outside (K ey Ring) calls ringing an extension ❥ Direct Inward Lines ❥ T ransf[...]

  • Page 160

    Directed Call Pickup 130 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Using Directed Call Pic kup In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o intercept a call ringing a co-w orker’ s extension: 1. Lift the handset. 2. Dial * * . 3. Dial the number of the extension whose call you want to intercept. • T o intercept a cal[...]

  • Page 161

    Directory Dialing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 131 Features Directory Dialing Description Directory Dialing allo ws a display keyset user to select a co-work er or outside call from a list of names, rather than dialing the phone number . There are three types of directory Dialing: ❥ System ( C ompany-W ide) Speed Dial names. ❥ I ntercom nam[...]

  • Page 162

    Directory Dialing 132 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual 1. If yes, leav e 1602-01: Inter digit T imer (page 671) at its current value. 2. If no, adjust 1602-01: Inter digit T imer (page 671) as required. Other Related Features Features Dir ect Station Selection (DSS) Console (page 120) Assign a Directory Dialing ke y on a DSS Console. Extension Hunt[...]

  • Page 163

    Directory Dialing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 133 Features ii. Look at your telephone’ s display and dial the digit for the letter you want to call. • In the example in step i: - Dial 1 if the name begins with G. - Dial 2 if the name begins with H. - Dial 3 if the name begins with I. • The fi rst name that begins with your selection dis[...]

  • Page 164

    Display , Alphanumeric 134 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Display, Alphanumeric Description T urn to Alphanumeric Display (page 21).[...]

  • Page 165

    Distinctive Ringing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 135 Features Distinctive Ringing Description Distinctiv e Ringing allo ws the installer or keyset e xtension user to customize keyset ringing. This permits the user to determine the type of call just by listening to their ke yset ring. Distinctiv e Ringing provides: ❥ Distinctive Ring Con fi g[...]

  • Page 166

    Distinctive Ringing 136 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Understanding Ring T ypes The Ring T ypes determine how dif ferent types of calls rings extensions. Each Ring T ype sounds unique because it uses one of the 10 av ailable ring tones. The fi rst four Ring T ypes are assigned by default (see the table below). The last two (B and C) are unassig[...]

  • Page 167

    Distinctive Ringing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 137 Features Conditions • None Default Setting • Outside lines, Ring Groups, and UCD Groups use T ype A ringing. • The ASSIGN (ASGN) and KEY soft keys are disabled. • The CONFIG (CNFG) soft keys is enabled. Programming 1. Enable the CONFIG (CNFG ) soft ke ys. - In 2102-01: Class of Servic[...]

  • Page 168

    Distinctive Ringing 138 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual 1. Enable the RING soft ke ys. - In 2102-01: Class of Service (page 724), check the extension’ s Class of Service lev el. - In 1405-02: Station Ring Override (page 641), enter Ye s . System Programming 2. T o set up Extension Ring Override: - In 2103-01: Day Ring T ype (page 726), enter the[...]

  • Page 169

    Distinctive Ringing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 139 Features System Programming 1. T o initialize Distincti ve Ringing system-wide (i.e., return to factory default): - Use 9014-01: Initialize Ring T ones (page 920) from system programming. - This option is not av ailable using an e xtension’ s soft k eys. Other Related Features Features Call[...]

  • Page 170

    Distinctive Ringing 140 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Distinctive Ring Con fi guration Using Distinctive Ring Con fi guration In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o customize a Ring Set for y our e xtension: 1. [Menu + Ring [Menu + MORE + Ring] Select the Distinctive Ringing options. 2. [Con fi g] [C[...]

  • Page 171

    Distinctive Ringing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 141 Features Extension Override Using Extension Override In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o customize ringing for y our e xtension’ s outside calls: 1. [Menu + Ring] [Menu + MORE + Ring] Select the Distinctive Ringing options. 2. [Assign] [Asgn] Select Exten[...]

  • Page 172

    Distinctive Ringing 142 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Ke y Ring Override Using Ke y Ring Override In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o assign a Ring T ype to a Call Co verage, Group Call Pic kup, or line key: 1. [Menu + Ring] [Menu + MORE + Ring] Select the Distinctive Ringing options. 2. [Key] [Key] Select Key[...]

  • Page 173

    Do Not Disturb DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 143 Features Do Not Disturb Description Do Not Disturb (DND) blocks incoming calls, Of f-Hook Signaling and Paging announcements. An exten- sion user can acti vate DND an ytime while on a call or while their phone is idle. Once activ ated, incoming outside calls still fl ash the line ke ys. The user [...]

  • Page 174

    Do Not Disturb 144 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Note: When transferring an outside call to an extension in DND, the T ransfer will be blocked if the extension has enabled DND for all calls (type 3) or DND for outside calls (type 1). The T ransfer will be allowed if the extension has enabled DND for Intercom calls (type 2). Conditions • A syst[...]

  • Page 175

    Do Not Disturb DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 145 Features Message W aiting (page 238) An extension user can lea ve a Message W aiting at an extension in Do Not Disturb . Night Service / Night Ring (page 252) A DIL destination activ ates the night mode for the DIL when the y press DND. P aging (page 259) DND blocks Paging announcements. Reverse V[...]

  • Page 176

    Do Not Disturb Override 146 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Do Not Disturb Override Description Do Not Disturb Override lets an e xtension user override another e xtension’ s Do Not Disturb. This allo ws a priority employee (such as a supervisor or e xecuti ve) to get through to a co-work er right away while the co- worker’ s phone is in Do No[...]

  • Page 177

    Door Box DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 147 Features Door Box Description The Door Box (P/N 922450) is a self-contained analog Intercom unit typically used to monitor an entrance door . A visitor at the door can press the Door Box call button (like a door bell). The Door Box then sends chime tones or ringing to all extensions programmed to recei [...]

  • Page 178

    Door Box 148 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Conditions • Door Box P/N 922450 is a weather-tight unit, and can be mounted outside. It has an operating temper- ature range of -20 to 60 degrees C (-4 to 140 de grees F) and a relativ e humidity of 10-95%, non-con- densing. Default Setting • In DSX 80/160, no Door Boxes are enabled. • In DSX-40,[...]

  • Page 179

    Door Box DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 149 Features 2PGD AD Module Door Bo x Setup 1. Locate an av ailable 16ESIU PCB digital station port (e.g., station port 10/extension 309). - If you wait to plug in the 2PGD AD Module until after your programming is complete, the second- ary station port set up in the next step will auto-ID as a Door Box. Th[...]

  • Page 180

    Door Box 150 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual DSX-40 “Built-In” Door Box Setup 1. Refer to the DSX-40 Har dwar e Manual for additional details. - DOOR 1 is extension 326. - DOOR 2 is extension 327. 1. This programming does not apply to a Door Box connected to a 2PGD AD Module. 2. In 2101-06: Door Relay Assignment (page 723) for DOOR 1 (326) or [...]

  • Page 181

    Door Box DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 151 Features T ransfer (page 358) An extension user cannot T ransfer a call to a Door Box. IntraMail Features None Operation Calling fr om the Door Bo x In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o place a call from the Door Bo x: 1. Press the Door Box call button. 2. When someone[...]

  • Page 182

    Equal Access Compatibility 152 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Equal Access Compatibility Description See T oll Restriction (page 351) for more.[...]

  • Page 183

    Extended Ringing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 153 Features Extended Ringing Description Extended Ringing forces an unanswered call to ring a telephone an extended number of times before rerout- ing. This helps a users that cannot get to their phone quickly to pick up calls (such as a w arehouse worker). Extended Ringing is av ailable with the f[...]

  • Page 184

    Extension Hunting 154 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Extension Hunting Description Extension Hunting routes calls to a prede fi ned group of hunt group member extensions. A call rings in sequence through the hunt group until answered at a member extension. Extension Hunting is helpful, for example, for a group of co-work ers that share responsib[...]

  • Page 185

    Extension Hunting DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 155 Features Circular Hunting Notes: ❥ For type 3 hunting, an Intercom call will stop hunting when it v oice-announces. Extension Hunting fol- lo ws the Handsfree Answerback/Forced Intercom Ringing setup at each e xtension. ❥ Placing an extension in DND temporarily remo ves it from the Circular[...]

  • Page 186

    Extension Hunting 156 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual ❥ Calls to the “dummy” extension acti v ate the Call Coverage k eys on the co vering extensions. ❥ Co-workers can transfer calls into the group. They will ring all Call Co verage ke ys for the group. If unan- swered, a call transferred into the group follows the programmed UCD Group o v[...]

  • Page 187

    Extension Hunting DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 157 Features Programming Setting Up Circular Hunting 1. In 2115-01: Hunt T ype (page 746), assign the hunt type for each e xtension in the group. - 1 = Ring No Answer Outside Calls - 2 = Busy/Ring No Answer Outside Calls - 3 = Busy/Ring No Answer All Calls - 4 = Busy Outside Calls 1. In 2115-01: Hu[...]

  • Page 188

    Extension Hunting 158 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual 1. If yes: - Leav e 1601-03: Call F orward No Answer T imer (page 670) and 1603-01: T ransfer Recall T imer (page 675) at their current settings. 2. If no: - T o change ho w long the fi rst member of the group rings, adjust 1603-01: T r ansfer Recall T imer (page 675) as required. - T o change[...]

  • Page 189

    Extension Hunting DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 159 Features Setting Up UCD Hunting 1. In 2115-01: Hunt T ype (page 746), make sure each e xtension in the UCD Group has hunt type 05. 1. In 2115-01: UCD Gr oup Master Number (page 746), make sure each extension in the same UCD Group has the same master number . - Normally , group 1 (master number [...]

  • Page 190

    Extension Hunting 160 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Extension Hunting Timers The follo wing diagrams show ho w the system implements v arious timers when handling Extension Hunt- ing calls. T ransfer to Hunt Gr oup Busy/Ring No Answer All Calls (T ype 3) Circular and T erminal Hunting 1603-01: T ransfer Recall T imer (page 675) 1601-03: Call F o[...]

  • Page 191

    Extension Hunting DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 161 Features T ransfer to Hunt Gr oup Busy/Ring No Answer All Calls (T ype 3) Circular and T erminal Hunting Routing to Busy UCD Group with Over fl ow 1603-01: T ransfer Recall T imer (page 675) 1601-03: Call F orward No Answer T imer (page 670) Call rings extension A for the T ransfer Recall time[...]

  • Page 192

    Extension Hunting 162 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual DIL (no over fl ow) to Hunt Gr oup Busy/Ring No Answer All Calls (T ype 3) Circular and T erminal Hunting DIL (with over fl ow) to Hunt Gr oup Busy/Ring No Answer All Calls (T ype 3) Circular and T erminal Hunting 1601-02: DIL No Answer T imer (page 669) 1601-02: DIL No Answer T imer (page 66[...]

  • Page 193

    Extension Hunting DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 163 Features Outside Call on Hold at Hunt Gr oup Member Busy/Ring No Answer All Calls (T ype 3) Circular and T erminal Hunting Other Related Features Features Call Cover age K e ys (page 40) A ke yset can have a Call Co verage k ey for a UCD Group master number . The ke y will ring if a call comes [...]

  • Page 194

    Extension Hunting 164 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Night Service / Night Ring (page 252) T o put DILs to a UCD Group master number into the night mode, press a uniquely programmed UCD Master Night ke y . T ransfer (page 358) • Outside calls transferred to a T erminal or Circular Hunting group member activ ate hunting. In addi- tion, outside c[...]

  • Page 195

    Extension Hunting DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 165 Features Operation Sending a Call to a T erminal or Cir cular Hunting Group In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o send a call to a T erminal or Cir cular Hunting Group: 1. Do one of the follo wing. a. T ransfer an outside call to a hunt group member . b. Set up[...]

  • Page 196

    Extension Locking 166 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Extension Locking Description Extension Locking allo ws a keyset e xtension user to secure their phone when they lea ve the of fi ce. The user may want to do this if their phone has T oll Restriction and Class of Service options enabled that could be easily abused. While lock ed, the restricti[...]

  • Page 197

    Extension Locking DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 167 Features Operation Locking and Unloc king Y our Extension In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o lock y our extension: 1. Press INTERCOM and dial ##5 . • While your extension is locked, DND winks on and you hear pulsating dial tone when you press INTERCOM . T [...]

  • Page 198

    Extension Locking 168 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Unlocking an Extension fr om the Attendant’ s Phone In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o unlock an e xtension (and c lear the extension’ s PIN number) fr om the attendant’ s phone: 1. Press INTERCOM and dial ##3 . • Y ou must ha ve a PIN number entered[...]

  • Page 199

    Feature Keys DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 169 Features Feature Keys Description Each ke yset has Feature Ke ys. These Feature K eys simplify placing calls, answering calls and using certain features. Y ou can customize the function of any k eyset’ s Feature Keys from the system program and the User Programmable Features. The 22-Button Standar[...]

  • Page 200

    Feature Keys 170 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Conditions • If you unplug a 34-button telephone and replace it with a 22-b utton telephone, Feature Ke ys 13-24 are inaccessible. Howe v er , the system still retains the programming for those keys. Default Setting • In DSX-80/160, keys 1-12 are line ke ys for lines 1-12 and keys 13-24 are unde[...]

  • Page 201

    Feature Keys DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 171 Features Loop Ke y (Fixed) (page 233) Use this option to assign a Feature Ke y as a Fixed Loop ke y . 02 + nn (Line Gr oup 90-98) Busy Lamp Field (BLF) Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loop key idle. On (green) . . . . . . . . . Y ou are busy on a loop ke y call. Slow Flash . . . . . . . . . Line is [...]

  • Page 202

    Feature Keys 172 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Call Covera ge No Ring (page 40) Use this option to assign a Feature Ke y as a lamp only (no ring) Call Cov erage Ke y . 07 + nnn (extension number) • Press key to call co v- ered extension or pick up ringing call. Busy Lamp Field (BLF) Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Covered e xtension is idle. O[...]

  • Page 203

    Feature Keys DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 173 Features System Speed Dial (page 315) Use this option to assign a Feature Ke y as a System Speed Dial key . Y ou assign the ke y to speci fi c System Speed Dial bin. • There is no BLF for this key type. 14 + nnn (bin 001- 999) • Press key to dial stored number . P ersonal Speed Dial (page 315) [...]

  • Page 204

    Feature Keys 174 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Rever se V oice Over Ke y (page 289) Use this option to assign a Feature Ke y as a Rev erse V oice Over key . 23 + nnn (extension number) • While on a handset call, press ke y to place a priv ate Intercom call to cov ered extension. Busy Lamp Field (BLF) Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigned ex[...]

  • Page 205

    Feature Keys DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 175 Features Other Related Features Features Account Codes (page 14) An extension can ha ve an Account Code key to simplify Account Code entry . Call Cover age K e ys (page 40) An extension can ha ve Call Co verage ke ys. Call F orwarding (page 44) An extension’ s Call Forwarding k ey can streamline C[...]

  • Page 206

    Feature Keys 176 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Speed Dial (page 315) An extension can ha ve ke ys for Personal and System Speed Dial bins. V oice Mail (page 372) An extension can ha ve v oice mail Record and Message Center keys. IntraMail Features None Operation See Extension F eatur e K e y Assignments (page 170). User Programmab le Feature Pro[...]

  • Page 207

    Flash DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 177 Features Flash Description Flash allo ws an extension user to access certain CO and PBX features by interrupting line loop current. Flash lets an extension user tak e full advantage of whate ver features the connected telco or PBX of fers. Y ou must set the Flash parameters for compatibility with the conne[...]

  • Page 208

    Flash 178 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Call T imer (page 55) Flash restarts the Call T imer . PBX / Centr ex Compatibility (page 270) Flash allo ws an extension user to access certain telco or PBX features. T oll Restriction (page 351) When an extension user with T oll Restriction enabled fl ashes a line, the sy[...]

  • Page 209

    Flexible Numbering Plan DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 179 Features Flexible Numbering Plan Description The system’ s Flexible Numbering Plan allows you to change the digits users dial to reach the attendant, other co-worker’ s, outside lines, UCD Groups, and Ring Groups. The follo wing chart sho ws the areas of the system number plan you can[...]

  • Page 210

    Flexible Numbering Plan 180 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. In yes: - In 1301-[01-10]: Function T ype (page 620), assign another digit (e xcept 3) to type 1 (operator access). - In 1301-[01-10]: Expected Number of Digits (page 620), change the expected digits option for the ne w digit to 2 . - Be sure your choice does not af fect ot[...]

  • Page 211

    Flexible Numbering Plan DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 181 Features 1. If yes: - In 1301-[01-10]: Function T ype (page 620), assign another digit (e xcept 3) to type 2 (extension access). - In 1301-[01-10]: Expected Number of Digits (page 620), change the expected digits option for the ne w digit to 3 . - In 1311-01: Station Extension Number (pag[...]

  • Page 212

    Forced Line Disconnect 182 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Forced Line Disconnect Description Forced Line Disconnect allo ws an extension user to disconnect (release) another e xtension’ s acti ve outside call. Forced Line Disconnect lets a user access a b usy line in an emergenc y , when no other lines are av ail- able. Maintenance technicians [...]

  • Page 213

    Forced Line Disconnect DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 183 Features Operation Using Forced Line Disconnect In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o disconnect a busy line: 1. Do one of the follo wing. a. Press the line ke y for the busy line. b. Press INTERCOM and dial the line’ s extension number (e.g., 101 for li[...]

  • Page 214

    Group Call Pickup 184 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Group Call Pickup Description Group Call Pickup allo ws an extension user to answer a call ringing an extension in their assigned Pickup Group. This permits co-w orkers in the same Pickup Group to easily answer each other’ s ringing calls. The user can intercept the ringing call by dialing a [...]

  • Page 215

    Group Call Pickup DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 185 Features 1. In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Codes (page 758): - For an Immediate Ring Group Call Pickup k ey , assign key code 09. - For a No Ring (Lamp Only) Group Call Pickup ke y , assign key code 10. - For a Delay Ring Group Call Pickup k ey , assign key code 11. 2. In 2121-[01 to 24]: [...]

  • Page 216

    Group Call Pickup 186 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation User Programmab le Feature Answering a Pic kup Gr oup Call In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o answer a call ringing a phone in y our Pic kup Group: 1. Lift the handset. 2. Do one of the follo wing. a. Press the fl ashing Group Call Pickup ke y . b[...]

  • Page 217

    Group Listen DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 187 Features Group Listen Description Group Listen permits a keyset user to talk on the handset and ha ve their caller’ s voice broadcast o ver the telephone speaker . This lets the ke yset user’ s co-work ers listen to the con versation. Group Listen turns of f the keyset’ s Handsfree microphone [...]

  • Page 218

    Group Listen 188 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Using Group Listen In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o set up Group Listen: 1. Place or answer a call using the handset. 2. Press SPEAKER twice (but do not hang up). • SPEAKER fl ashes slo wly red. 3. T alk to the caller through your handset. • Y ou[...]

  • Page 219

    Group Ring DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 189 Features Group Ring Description Group Ring allows you to arrange e xtensions into Ring Groups for answering calls. When a call comes into the Ring Group master number , all extensions in the group ring simultaneously . Any user in the Ring Group can answer the call just by lifting the handset. The rin[...]

  • Page 220

    Group Ring 190 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming Basic Programming 1. If yes, in 2113-02: Ring Gr oup (page 738) enter the Ring Group ( 1 - 8 ) to which the e xtension belongs. 2. If no, in 2113-02: Ring Gr oup (page 738) enter 0 . 1. If yes, in 2201-01: Ring Gr oup Name (page 779) enter the Ring Group name. - The name sho ws on a keyset[...]

  • Page 221

    Group Ring DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 191 Features Setting Up Ring Group DILs 1. If yes, in 3112-01: Dir ect T ermination in the Day (page 819) enter the Ring Group master number . - Use a System Night ke y to switch a DIL to a Ring Group from day to night mode. 2. If no, in 3112-01: Dir ect T ermination in the Day (page 819) enter a day dest[...]

  • Page 222

    Group Ring 192 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Adjusting Ring Group Timer s 1. If yes, leav e 1601-01: Line No Answer T imer (page 669) at its current setting. 2. If no, change 1601-01: Line No Answer T imer (page 669) as required. 1. If yes, leav e 1601-02: DIL No Answer T imer (page 669) at it’ s current setting. 2. If no, change 1601-02: DIL [...]

  • Page 223

    Group Ring DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 193 Features Operation Placing and T ransferring Ring Gr oup Calls Placing an Inter com Call to a Ring Group In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o make an Intercom call to a Ring Gr oup: 1. Lift handset and press INTERCOM . 2. Dial the Ring Group number (e.g., 600). 3. W [...]

  • Page 224

    Group Ring 194 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Answering Ring Gr oup Calls Answer a Call to a Ring Gr oup In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o answer a call ringing y our Ring Gr oup: 1. Do one of the follo wing: a. If the call doesn’t appear on a line or loop k ey: Lift handset. b. If the call appears on a lin[...]

  • Page 225

    Handsfree and Handsfree Answerback DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 195 Features Handsfree and Handsfree Answerback Description Handsfree Handsfree allo ws a keyset user to process calls using the speaker and microphone in the telephone (instead of the handset). Handsfree is a con venience for w orkers who don’t ha ve a free hand to pick up the h[...]

  • Page 226

    Handsfree and Handsfree Answerback 196 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Automatic Handsfr ee (page 30) Automatic Handsfree allows a k eyset user to place or answer a call Handsfree by just pressing a ke y — without pressing SPEAKER fi rst. Headset Compatibility (page 198) Handsfree is not av ailable to extensions [...]

  • Page 227

    Handsfree and Handsfree Answerback DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 197 Features User Programmab le Feature a. T o turn incoming voice announcements on: [On + EXIT] [On + EXIT] b. T o turn incoming voice announcements of f: [Off + EXIT] [Off + EXIT] Setting Up Incoming V oice Announcements Feature Mnemonic Operation Access Level Handsfree Answerbac[...]

  • Page 228

    Headset Compatibility 198 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Headset Compatibility Description A keyset user can utilize a customer -provided headset in place of the handset. Lik e using Handsfree, using the headset frees up the user’ s hands for other work. Howe ver , the headset pro vides priv ac y not av ailable from Handsfree. Headset Compatibi[...]

  • Page 229

    Headset Compatibility DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 199 Features Headset Ke y A keyset user can ha ve a Feature K ey on their telephone or DSS Console assigned as a Headset key . The user presses the key to enable or disable the headset mode, as an alternative to using the #HL User Pro- grammable Feature. The key lights while the extension is in[...]

  • Page 230

    Headset Compatibility 200 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. T o assign a Headset ke y to an extension Feature K ey: - In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Codes (page 758), to assign the key as a Headset k ey enter 28 . (There is no associated Data entry .) 2. T o assign a Headset ke y to a DSS Console Feature Ke y: - In 2402-[01-60]: [...]

  • Page 231

    Headset Compatibility DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 201 Features Operation User Programmab le Feature Using the Headset In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o connect the headset: 1. Plug a compatible headset into the telephone headset jack. T o turn the headset mode on and off: 1. Do one of the follo wing. a. Pr[...]

  • Page 232

    Hold 202 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Hold Description Hold lets an extension user put a call in a temporary waiting state. The caller on Hold hears silence or Music on Hold, not con versation in the e xtension user’ s w ork area. While the call w aits on Hold, the extension user may process calls or use a system feature. Outside calls left o[...]

  • Page 233

    Hold DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 203 Features Hold Recall Display The Hold recall display identi fi es: ❥ The type of call recalling the extension. ❥ The extension which initially placed the call on Hold. The Hold recall displays occurs as the call is ringing the extension that initially placed it on Hold, and after the call di verts to K[...]

  • Page 234

    Hold 204 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Call T imer (page 55) A user’ s Call T imer starts when they pick up a call from Hold. If they place the call on Hold and another user picks it up, the timer restarts for the ne w user . Confer ence (page 89) If an extension user places a Conference on Hold, no other partic[...]

  • Page 235

    Hold DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 205 Features 1. Lift the handset and press INTERCOM . 2. Dial *4 . 3. Dial the number of the line that is on Hold. • For example, dial 01 for line 1. Using Exclusive Hold In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o place an outside call on Exc lusive Hold: 1. Press HOLD twice. • [...]

  • Page 236

    Hold 206 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual T o retrieve y our call fr om Exclusive Hold: 1. Lift the handset and dial *7 . T o pick up an outside call on system Hold at a co-w orker’ s extension: • Y ou must kno w the number of the line that is on Hold. 1. Lift the handset and dial *4 . 2. Dial *4 . 3. Dial the number of the line that is on Hold[...]

  • Page 237

    Hotline DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 207 Features Hotline Description Hotline gi ves a ke yset user with a programmed Hotline key one-b utton calling and T ransfer to another exten- sion (the Hotline partner). Hotline helps co-workers that w ork closely together . The Hotline partners can call or T ransfer calls to each other just by pressing a[...]

  • Page 238

    Hotline 208 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual 1. For V oice Over , in 2116-02: Of f Hook Signaling for Calls fr om Hotline P artner (page 749) enter 2 . 2. For Camp-On, in 2116-02: Of f Hook Signaling for Calls fr om Hotline P artner (page 749) enter 1 . 3. For no signaling, in 2116-02: Of f Hook Signaling for Calls fr om Hotline P artner (page 749)[...]

  • Page 239

    Hotline DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 209 Features Operation User Programmab le Feature Using Hotline In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o place a call to y our Hotline partner: 1. Press your Hotline ke y . T o transfer a call to y our Hotline partner: 1. While on a call, press your Hotline ke y . 2. Do one of [...]

  • Page 240

    Interactive Soft Keys 210 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Interactive Soft Keys Description Interactiv e Soft Ke ys provide intuiti ve feature access. It is no longer necessary to remember feature codes to access the telephone’ s adv anced features because the function of the soft keys change as the user process calls. For e xample, while on an [...]

  • Page 241

    Intercom DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 211 Features Intercom Description Intercom gi ves extension users access to other e xtensions. This pro vides the system with complete internal calling capability . Handsfree Answerbac k and Forced Inter com Ringing Handsfree Answerback permits an extension user to respond to a voice-announced Intercom call[...]

  • Page 242

    Intercom 212 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Attendant P osition (page 24) Designate each extension’ s operator . Call Covera ge K e ys (page 40) A user can press a Call Cov erage Ke y as an alternativ e to dialing Intercom numbers. Call W aiting / Camp-On (page 58) A user can Camp-On after placing an Intercom cal[...]

  • Page 243

    Intercom DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 213 Features Operation User Programmab le Feature Placing and Answering Inter com Calls In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o place an Intercom call: 1. Lift handset and press INTERCOM . 2. Dial your co-worker’ s extension number (300-427). • T o call the operator, dial[...]

  • Page 244

    Key Ring 214 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Key Ring Description A Ke y Ring line rings an extension according to the settings in 2132-[01-64]: Line Ringing (page 764). Mul- tiple extensions can be enabled to ring immediately or after a programmed delay for each incoming line call. In addition, under certain conditions other types of outside call[...]

  • Page 245

    Key Ring DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 215 Features Programming 1. If yes: - In 2132-[01-64]: Line Ringing (page 764) enter one of the follo wing:- - 1 for day and night ringing - 2 for night only ringing - 3 for delayed day and night ringing - For day mode K ey Ring, in 3112-01: Dir ect T ermination in the Day (page 819) press CLEAR . - For nig[...]

  • Page 246

    Key Ring 216 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Call Cover age K e ys (page 40) Call Cov erage will pick up Ke y Ring calls. Call F orwarding (page 44) A K ey Ring call will not follo w an extension’ s Call Forwarding. Call W aiting / Camp-On (page 58) A Ke y Ring call will not send Camp-On beeps to a busy e xtension[...]

  • Page 247

    Language Selection DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 217 Features Language Selection Description Language Selection provides telephone displays for soft k eys and system programming in English and Span- ish. Y ou can select the language for each extension in system programming, or the e xtension user can choose their language via the soft ke ys. Lan[...]

  • Page 248

    Language Selection 218 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. In 2102-01: Class of Service (page 724), check the extension’ s Class of Service lev el. 2. If yes, in 1401-11: Language Pr ogramming (page 631) enter Ye s . 3. If no, in 1401-11: Language Pr ogramming (page 631) enter No . 1. For English, in 2101-03: Station Display Langua ge[...]

  • Page 249

    Last Number Redial DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 219 Features Last Number Redial Description Last Number Redial allo ws an extension user to quickly redial the last outside number dialed. For e xample, a user may quickly recall a busy or unanswered number without manually dialing the digits. Last Number Redial sav es in system memory the last 20[...]

  • Page 250

    Last Number Redial 220 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. In 2131-[01-64]: Line Access (page 763), enter one of the follo wing: - 2 for outgoing access only - 3 for full access 1. In 2102-01: Class of Service (page 724), check the extension’ s Class of Service lev el. 2. If yes, in 1411-04: Enhanced Last Number Redial (page 648) ente[...]

  • Page 251

    Last Number Redial DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 221 Features Operation Using Last Number Redial In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o redial y our last call: 1. Lift the handset. 2. (Optional) Press an idle line ke y to preselect a line. • If you skip this step, the system automatically selects a line from th[...]

  • Page 252

    Last Number Redial 222 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual 3. The system tries to use the same line as that used for your initial call. • If that line is busy , the system automatically selects a line from the same group as your initial call. • If you hear busy tone and your extension has Line Queuing, you can dial 2 to queue for a line to become [...]

  • Page 253

    Line Group Routing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 223 Features Line Group Routing Description W ith Line Group Routing enabled, an extension user can just press INTERCOM and dial 9 to place an out- side call. Line Group Routing automatically selects the fi rst av ailable line in the e xtension’ s programmed “dial 9” Line Group. This simpli[...]

  • Page 254

    Line Group Routing 224 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming - 1. In 2113-01: Dial 9 Gr oup (page 738), check the e xtension’ s dial 9 group assignment. - By default, all extensions use group 90. 2. In 3201-[01-64]: Line Gr oup (page 833), be sure there are lines assigned to the e xtension’ s dial 9 group. - A line can be in more than on[...]

  • Page 255

    Line Groups DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 225 Features Line Groups Description Extension users can optionally dial Line Group access codes 90-98 to select an av ailable line in the group for outgoing calls. This is helpful in applications that ha ve dif ferent services arranged into Line Groups. For example, dialing 90 could access a group of DD[...]

  • Page 256

    Line Groups 226 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming - 3. In 3201-[01-64]: Line Gr oup (page 833), be sure lines are properly assigned to their respecti ve groups. - A line can be in more than one group. 1. In 2131-[01-64]: Line Access (page 763), enter 2 (outgoing) or 3 (full) for each line the extension should be able to access. 2. In 213[...]

  • Page 257

    Line Keys DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 227 Features Line Keys Description A line ke y provides an extension user with one-b utton access to outside lines. The e xtension user just presses a line key to place or answer a call on the line. There is no need to dial codes to access or intercept outside calls. In addition, a line ke y provides a Bus[...]

  • Page 258

    Line Keys 228 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. T o set up a line ke y on an extension: - In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Codes (page 758), enter 03 . - In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Data (page 758), enter the line number ( 1-64 ). 2. T o set up a line ke y on a DSS Console: - In 2402-[01-60]: DSS Console K e y Codes (page 8[...]

  • Page 259

    Line Keys DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 229 Features Operation User Programmab le Feature Using y our Line Ke ys In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o place a call using a line key: 1. Lift the handset. 2. Press the line ke y . 3. Dial the outside number . T o answer an incoming call using a line ke y . 1. Liste[...]

  • Page 260

    Line Queuing / Line Callback 230 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Line Queuing / Line Callback Description Line Queuing Line Queueing permits an extension user to queue (w ait in line) on hook for a busy line or Line Group to become free. The system connects the queued e xtension as soon as the line is av ailable. The user does not hav e to manuall[...]

  • Page 261

    Line Queuing / Line Callback DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 231 Features Programming 1. In 2102-01: Class of Service (page 724), check the extension’ s Class of Service lev el. 2. If yes, in 1411-01: Camp-On to Busy Lines (page 647) enter Ye s . - This option does not restrict Line Callback. 3. If no, in 1411-01: Camp-On to Busy Lines (page 647[...]

  • Page 262

    Line Queuing / Line Callback 232 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Using Line Queuing and Line Callbac k In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o queue or leave a callbac k f or a busy line: 1. Do one of the follo wing. a. Press the line ke y for the busy line. b. Press INTERCOM and dial the Direct Line Acces[...]

  • Page 263

    Loop Keys DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 233 Features Loop Keys Description Loop ke ys are Feature Ke ys that simplify the way extension users place and answer outside calls. There are two types of loop ke ys: Switched Loop keys and Fix ed Loop ke ys. Switched Loop K eys For incoming calls, Switched Loop ke ys provide an appearance for an y line [...]

  • Page 264

    Loop Keys 234 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Codes (page 758), enter 01 . - There is no Data entry . 1. In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Codes (page 758), enter 02 . 1. In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Data (page 758), enter the Line Group number for the key (90-98). 2. In 3201-[01-64]: Lin[...]

  • Page 265

    Loop Keys DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 235 Features Ringing Line Pr efer ence (page 295) Ringing Line Preference allo ws an extension user to answer a call ringing a loop k ey just by lifting the handset. IntraMail Features None Operation Using Loop Ke ys In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o answer a call on a[...]

  • Page 266

    Meet-Me Conference 236 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Meet-Me Conference Description W ith Meet-Me Conference, an extension user can set up a telephone meeting with their co-w orkers. Each party joins the Conference by dialing a Meet Me Conference code. Meet Me Conference lets extension users hav e a telephone meeting — without leaving the of ?[...]

  • Page 267

    Meet-Me Conference DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 237 Features IntraMail Features None Operation Using Meet-Me Conference In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o set up a Meet-Me Conference: 1. Page parties and announce the Meet-Me Conference code (#11 or #12). 2. Do one of the follo wing. • Y ou and your co-work[...]

  • Page 268

    Message W aiting 238 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Message Waiting Description An extension user can lea ve a Message W aiting indication at a b usy or unanswered extension requesting a return call. The indication is a fl ashing V -MAIL key and Ring/Message lamp at the called e xtension. Answer - ing the Message W aiting automatically calls the[...]

  • Page 269

    Message W aiting DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 239 Features Programming 1. If yes, in 4101-01: V oice Mail T ype (page 863) enter 0 . - The system can have either Message W aiting or v oice mail, not both. 1. If no, in 4101-01: V oice Mail T ype (page 863) enter on of the following: - 1 for Built-In Automated Attendant - 2 for IntraMail - 3 for [...]

  • Page 270

    Message W aiting 240 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Using Message W aiting In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o leave a Messa ge Waiting: 1. Place Intercom call to a co-worker . • The extension you call can be unanswered, busy , or in Do Not Disturb . 2. Press V -MAIL . 3. Hang up. T o answer a Messa[...]

  • Page 271

    Microphone Mute DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 241 Features Microphone Mute Description Microphone Mute lets a keyset user turn of f their phone’ s handset or Handsfree microphone at any time. While the extension is on-hook, Microphone Mute mutes the Handsfree microphone. While of f-hook, Microphone Mute mutes the handset microphone. Once activ[...]

  • Page 272

    Microphone Mute 242 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Using Microphone Mute In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o activate or deactiv ate Micr ophone Mute: 1. Press MUTE . • Y ou can do this any time while on the phone or idle (e xcept when an Intercom call is ringing). • Microphone Mute automatically [...]

  • Page 273

    Monitor / Silent Monitor DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 243 Features Monitor / Silent Monitor Description Monitor lets an extension user listen to the con versation at a busy e xtension. T o implement Monitor , an extension user just calls a b usy extension and dials the Monitor code. The busy e xtension and their caller hav e no indication of th[...]

  • Page 274

    Monitor / Silent Monitor 244 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Using Monitor / Silent Monitor In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o Monitor a call: 1. Place an Intercom call to the busy e xtension. • Listen for busy or busy/ring tone. 2. Dial 6 . 3. Listen to the con versation in progress.[...]

  • Page 275

    Multiple Directory Numbers DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 245 Features Multiple Directory Numbers Description See Call Covera ge K e ys (page 40) for more.[...]

  • Page 276

    Music on Hold 246 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Music on Hold Description Music on Hold (MOH) plays music to calls on Hold, parked calls, and transferred calls. The music lets the caller know that their call is w aiting, not forgotten. W ithout Music on Hold, the system pro vides silence to these types of calls. Music on Hold is av ailable from [...]

  • Page 277

    Music on Hold DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 247 Features Programming 1. If yes, 1521-01: Enable Music on Hold (page 659) enter Ye s . 2. If no, in 1521-01: Enable Music on Hold (page 659) enter No . 1. In 3103-05: Music On Hold Sour ce (page 816), assign the MOH source: - 0 for none - 1 for audio input minijack 1 - 2 for audio input minijack 2 -[...]

  • Page 278

    Music on Hold 248 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Music on Hold is automatic once enabled.[...]

  • Page 279

    Names for Extensions and Lines DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 249 Features Names for Extensions and Lines Description Extensions and lines can hav e names instead of just circuit numbers. These names sho w on a ke yset’ s dis- play when the user places or answers calls. Extension and line names make it easier to identify callers. The user does [...]

  • Page 280

    Names for Extensions and Lines 250 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual ❥ 2201-01: Ring Gr oup Name (page 779) ❥ 2301-01: UCD Gr oup Name (page 790) ❥ 2501-[01-16]: Selectable Display Messages (page 806) ❥ 3101-02: Line Name (page 810) ❥ 4111-01: V oice Mail P ort Name (page 865) ❥ 904x-Backup/Restor e (page 927) Other Related Features See [...]

  • Page 281

    Names for Extensions and Lines DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 251 Features Name Programming Chart Name Programming Chart Press a key the indicated number of times f or desired character Key 1 Time 2 Times 3 Times 4 Times 5 Times 6 Times 7 Times 8 Times 9 Times 1 &- / ‘ 1 2 ABC a b c 2 3 DE F d e f 3 4 GH I g h i 4 5 JK L j k l 5 6 MN O m n [...]

  • Page 282

    Night Service / Night Ring 252 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Night Service / Night Ring Description Night Service redirects outside calls to their night mode destination. T ypically , the attendant or supervisor activ ates Night Service after normal working hours, when most emplo yees are unav ailable to answer calls. Lines can ring extensions d[...]

  • Page 283

    Night Service / Night Ring DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 253 Features Option 4: DIL Day and Night The line is a DIL during the day and at night. The DIL destination’ s DND ke y controls the night mode of the line. T urn to Dir ect Inwar d Line (page 109) for more on setting up Direct Inward Lines. Conditions • None. Default Setting • In DS[...]

  • Page 284

    Night Service / Night Ring 254 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Dir ect Inwar d Line (page 109) • The extension to which the DIL is terminated controls the night mode of the DIL. • If a DIL is terminated to the voice mail master number , a UCD night ke y (code 18 + the voice mail master number) controls the night[...]

  • Page 285

    Off-Hook Signaling DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 255 Features Off-Hook Signaling Description When a user is busy on a call, Of f-Hook Signaling indicates that another caller is trying to get through. Off-Hook Signaling helps important callers get through, without w aiting in line for the called extension to become free. After the user hears the [...]

  • Page 286

    Off-Hook Signaling 256 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Default Setting • Off-Hook Signaling for outside calls is set for Of f-Hook Ringing (option 2) by default. While busy on a call, the extension will recei ve Of f-Hook Ringing for outside calls that normally ring the phone. This includes: - K ey Ring calls - T ransferred outside calls - Direc[...]

  • Page 287

    Off-Hook Signaling DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 257 Features Hold (page 202) An extension user can place their current call on Hold and answer the w aiting call. Hotline (page 207) Hotline acti vates Of f-Hook Signaling. K e y Ring (page 214) Off-Hook Signaling can occur for K e y Ring calls. P ark (page 266) An extension user can P ark their c[...]

  • Page 288

    One-T ouch Keys 258 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual One-Touch Keys Description A vailable for Personal Speed Dial. See Speed Dial (page 315) for more.[...]

  • Page 289

    Paging DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 259 Features Paging Description Paging lets e xtension users broadcast announcements to other keyset users and to e xternal Paging speakers. Paging allo ws a user to locate a co-worker or mak e an announcement without calling each extension indi vid- ually . There are two types of P aging: Internal Paging and[...]

  • Page 290

    Paging 260 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual The equipment you connect to a system relay must be compatible with the following speci fi cations. Refer to your system’ s Hardware Manual for more on connecting to the system relay contacts. Outside Call Ringing Over External P age Line ringing can optionally broadcast ov er External Paging speakers.[...]

  • Page 291

    Paging DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 261 Features Conditions • None Default Setting • All Call and Zone Paging allowed. • Ringing, Door Box chimes, and Background Music do not broadcast over External Paging. Programming Basic Programming 1. If yes: - In 2113-05: P ag e Gr oup (Zone) (page 740), assign the zone to which the extension belong[...]

  • Page 292

    Paging 262 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual - For relay 2, in 2101-06: Door Relay Assignment (page 723) for the Door Box extension enter 2 . 2. If no, in 2101-06: Door Relay Assignment (page 723) for the Door Box e xtension, enter 0 . External P aging Options 1. In 1531-01: External P age Ring T ype (page 662), enter 2 . - Y ou can hav e outside li[...]

  • Page 293

    Paging DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 263 Features 5. Use 1531-05: External P age Gain (page 664) to additionally control the volume of the system’ s External Page port audio output. 1. In 1521-04: Backgr ound Music over External P age (page 660), enter Ye s . 2. Check Backgr ound Music (page 34) to be sure Background Music is programmed and in[...]

  • Page 294

    Paging 264 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation User Programmab le Feature Making a P age Announcement In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o make an internal P aging announcement: 1. Lift the handset. 2. Do one of the follo wing. a. Press INTERCOM , dial *1 , then dial the page zone number ( 1 - 7 or 0 for Al[...]

  • Page 295

    Paging, Meet-Me Conference DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 265 Features Paging, Meet-Me Conference Description A vailable. Refer to Meet-Me Confer ence (page 236) for more.[...]

  • Page 296

    Park 266 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Park Description Park places an outside call in a w aiting state (called a Park Orbit) so that an extension user may pick it up. There are two types of Park: System and Personal. Use System P ark when you want to ha ve the call wait in one of 10 system orbits (60-69). Personal Park allo ws you to Park a cal[...]

  • Page 297

    Park DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 267 Features P ersonal P ark Orbit Recall Displa y The Personal Park Orbit recall display sho ws: ❥ On all extensions that ar e ringing with the recall: - The type of recall (i.e., Personal P ark). ❥ On the extension at whic h the call is parked (while it is ringing): - The e xtension which initially parked[...]

  • Page 298

    Park 268 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual K e y Ring (page 214) Unanswered Park recalls di vert to K ey Ring. Music on Hold (page 246) If installed, Music on Hold plays to parked callers. Off-Hook Signaling (page 255) An extension user can P ark their current call and answer the waiting call. V oice Mail (page 372) When an extension user with Ring [...]

  • Page 299

    Park DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 269 Features 2. If a call in Personal Park recalls, you see one of the follo wing. a. If the extension that parked the call doesn’ t ha ve a name: Per sonal Park Recall ST A 301 b. If the extension that parked the call has a programmed name: Per sonal Park Recall 300: Attendant P ark In these instructions: [S[...]

  • Page 300

    PBX / Centrex Compatibility 270 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual PBX / Centrex Compatibility Description PBX/Centrex Access Codes PBX Access Codes are the digits PBX extension users must dial to obtain outside lines. When the DSX is installed behind a PBX, users must dial these codes befor e the digits for their outside call. For e xample, if the P[...]

  • Page 301

    PBX / Centrex Compatibility DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 271 Features If 1551-04: Account Code T oll Restriction Le vel = 0 ❥ If an extension user: - Seizes the line, - Dials a valid PBX Access Code, - Dials a number that begins with 0 or 1, DSX requires the user to enter an Account Code for the call. PBX/Centrex Access Codes and SMDR The fol[...]

  • Page 302

    PC Program (System Administrator) 272 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual PC Program (System Administrator) Description The PC Program is a W indows TM -based application you can use for programming the telephone system and maintaining site databases, instead of using the con ventional telephone programming. The PC Program provides: ● On-Line Progra[...]

  • Page 303

    PC Program (System Administrator) DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 273 Features Conditions • N/A Default Setting • N/A Programming N/A Other Related Features N/A Operation Refer to the PC Pr ogr am User’ s Guide .[...]

  • Page 304

    Prime Line Preference 274 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Prime Line Preference Description Prime Line Preference allo ws an extension user to place or answer a call by just lifting the handset. The user does not hav e to press a line key , loop ke y , or the INTERCOM key fi rst. This simpli fi es handling calls. In programming, you designate a [...]

  • Page 305

    Prime Line Preference DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 275 Features Programming 1. For k ey: - In 2114-01: Prime Line T ype (page 741), enter 1 . - In 2114-01: Prime Line K e y (page 741), enter the number of a line or loop key: 1-14 for Feature K eys 1-24. 00 for INTERCOM . - This option is not av ailable to single line telephones. 2. For line: - [...]

  • Page 306

    Prime Line Preference 276 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation User Programmab le Feature Using Prime Line Preference In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o place a call on y our Prime Line: 1. Lift the handset. • T o bypass your prime line, press another key (such as a line or loop ke y) before lifting the [...]

  • Page 307

    Privacy DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 277 Features Privacy Description An extension with Pri v acy blocks incoming Bar ge In attempts and Call W aiting (Camp-On) signals. Priv acy helps extension users that don’ t want their con v ersations interrupted. Note that if an extension with Pri v acy enabled is on a call with an e xtension with Priv [...]

  • Page 308

    Privacy Release Groups 278 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Privacy Release Groups Description Y ou can program extensions into Pri vac y Release Groups to simplify sharing outside calls. Co-workers in the same Pri vac y Release Group can easily join another group member’ s outside call just by pressing the busy line -k ey . The co-work er immedi[...]

  • Page 309

    Privacy Release Groups DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 279 Features Programming 1. If yes: - In 2113-04: Privacy Gr oup (page 740), enter the Pri vac y Release Group number ( 1 - 16 ). - Make sure the group members ha ve line ke ys for the lines they want to share. - In 2131-[01-64]: Line Access (page 763), assign access to the lines group members[...]

  • Page 310

    Private Line 280 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Private Line Description A Priv ate Line is a line reserv ed for a keyset for placing and answering calls. A user with a Priv ate Line kno ws when important calls are for them. Additionally , the user has their own line for placing calls that is not av ailable to others in the system. There are thre[...]

  • Page 311

    Private Line DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 281 Features 1. If yes: - In 2132-[01-64]: Line Ringing (page 764) enter the type of ringing as required: - 1 for day and night ringing - 2 for night ringing only - 3 for delay ringing day and night - For delay ringing (option 4 only), in 1604-01: Delay Ring T imer (page 678) adjust the Delay Ring timer[...]

  • Page 312

    Programmable Idle Menu Soft Keys (Super Display) 282 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programmable Idle Menu Soft Keys (Super Display) Description The Super Display T elephone idle menu soft ke ys are customizable in system programming and by the extension user . This allo ws the idle mode display to be tailored to meet the needs of each Super Disp[...]

  • Page 313

    Programmable Idle Menu Soft Keys (Super Display) DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 283 Features Conditions • Idle Menu Soft Keys are only a v ailable at Super Display telephones. • When an extension’ s soft ke ys are customized, the user must take some action at the telephone (such as lifting and replacing the handset) before the change takes [...]

  • Page 314

    Programmable Idle Menu Soft Keys (Super Display) 284 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation User Programmab le Feature Customizing y our Idle Menu Soft ke ys (Super Display Onl y) In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] T o customize your idle men u soft keys: 1. Do not press any k eys and do not lift the handset. 2. Dial #SM (#76). ?[...]

  • Page 315

    Pulse to T one Conversion DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 285 Features Pulse to T one Conversion Description An extension can use Pulse to T one Con version while placing an outside call to change the dialing mode from dial pulse to DTMF . For a system in a dial pulse area, this permits users to access DTMF services (such as telephone banking) fro[...]

  • Page 316

    Regional Defaults 286 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Regional Defaults Description Use the Regional Defaults capability to switch your system from the North American mode to the Latin American mode. Switching your system to the Latin American mode makes the following changes: ❥ The default language in programming, SMDR, and all telephone displa[...]

  • Page 317

    Removing Lines and Extensions from Service DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 287 Features Removing Lines and Extensions from Service Description Supervisors and attendants can remov e problem lines and extensions from service. This helps ensure maxi- mum system performance. For e xample, the attendant can busy-out a noisy line or problem e xtension [...]

  • Page 318

    Removing Lines and Extensions from Service 288 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Removing Lines and Extensions fr om Service In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o remove or return an e xtension or line to service: 1. Press INTERCOM . 2. Dial #40 . 3. Do one of the follo wing. a. Dial the number of the exte[...]

  • Page 319

    Reverse V oice Over DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 289 Features Reverse Voice Over Description While on a handset call, Rev erse V oice Over lets a busy k eyset user make a pri v ate Intercom call to an idle co-worker . The b usy user just presses and holds down a programmed Re v erse V oice Ov er key to mak e a pri- vate call to the assigned co-[...]

  • Page 320

    Reverse V oice Over 290 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Codes (page 758), enter 23 . 2. In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Data (page 758) , enter the Rev erse V oice Ov er partner’ s e xtension number . Other Related Features Features Confer ence (page 89) An extension user cannot add an incom[...]

  • Page 321

    Reverse V oice Over DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 291 Features Operation Using Rever se V oice Over In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o place a call using Rever se V oice Over: 1. While on a handset call, press and hold your Re verse V oice Over key . • Y ou hear two beeps, then you can talk to your co-w ork[...]

  • Page 322

    Ring Groups 292 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Ring Groups Description A vailable. See Gr oup Ring (page 189).[...]

  • Page 323

    Ringdown Extension DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 293 Features Ringdown Extension Description A Ringdown Extension automatically calls a co-w orker , v oice mail, a Ring Group, a UCD Group, or a Speed Dial number when the user lifts the handset. The call automatically goes through — there is no need for the user to dial digits or press addition[...]

  • Page 324

    Ringdown Extension 294 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Using Ringdown In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o use the Ringdown e xtension: 1. Lift the handset or press SPEAKER . T o bypass Ringdo wn: 1. Press INTERCOM , a line/loop ke y , or a Feature Key before lifting the handset or pressing SPEAKER .[...]

  • Page 325

    Ringing Line Preference DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 295 Features Ringing Line Preference Description Ringing Line Preference lets a keyset user answer a ringing call by just lifting the handset. F or a user that primarily answers calls, Ringing Line Preference ensures that ringing calls hav e priority . The tables belo w show the interaction b[...]

  • Page 326

    Ringing Line Preference 296 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual When multiple calls ring an extension simultaneously , the system services the ringing calls in the follo w- ing order: 1. INTERCOM Key 2. Line K ey (from lo west to highest) 3. Loop K ey (from lo west to highest) In addition, if two e xtensions with Ringing Line Preference answer the sam[...]

  • Page 327

    Ringing Line Preference DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 297 Features Other Related Features Features Attendant Call Queuing (page 22) Ringing Line Preference will not answer a call ringing the Operator Call Ke y . Inter com (page 211) Ringing Line Preference answers a ringing Intercom call before a ringing outside call. Prime Line Pr efer ence (pa[...]

  • Page 328

    Save Number Dialed 298 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Save Number Dialed Description Sav e Number Dialed permits an extension user to sa ve their last outside number and easily redial it later on. For e xample, an extension user can recall a b usy or unanswered number without manually dialing the digits. The system retains the sav ed number until[...]

  • Page 329

    Save Number Dialed DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 299 Features IntraMail Features None Operation Using Save Number Dialed In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o save the outside n umber you just dialed (up to 32 digits): 1. Press the Sav e Number Dialed key on your e xtension or DSS Console. T o redial a saved n u[...]

  • Page 330

    Selectable Display Messaging 300 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Selectable Display Messaging Description An extension user can select a pre programmed Selectable Display Message for their e xtension. Ke yset call- ers see the selected message when they call the user’ s extension. Selectable Display Messaging provides per - sonalized text messag[...]

  • Page 331

    Selectable Display Messaging DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 301 Features Programming 1. In 2102-01: Class of Service (page 724), check the extension’ s Class of Service lev el. 2. If yes, in 1406-02: Internal Call F orwarding (page 643) enter Ye s . 3. If no, in 1406-02: Internal Call F orwarding (page 643) enter No . - Disabling this option wi[...]

  • Page 332

    Selectable Display Messaging 302 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Setting Up Selectable Displa y Messaging In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o select a Selectable Displa y Message: 1. Select the Call Forwarding options. [Menu + Call Forward] [Menu + Cfwd] Alternately do one of the follo wing: • Press [...]

  • Page 333

    Selectable Display Messaging DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 303 Features Name Programming Chart Name Programming Chart Press a key the indicated number of times f or desired character Key 1 Time 2 Times 3 Times 4 Times 5 Times 6 Times 7 Times 8 Times 9 Times 1 &- / ‘ 1 2 ABC a b c 2 3 DE F d e f 3 4 GH I g h i 4 5 JK L j k l 5 6 MN O m n o [...]

  • Page 334

    Silent Monitor 304 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Silent Monitor Description A vailable. See Monitor / Silent Monitor (page 243) for more.[...]

  • Page 335

    Single Line T elephones DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 305 Features Single Line T elephones Description The system is compatible with 500 type (dial pulse) and 2500 type (DTMF) analog telephone de vices. This includes on-premises single line telephones (SL Ts), fax machines, and modems. In DSX-40, SL Ts connect to analog ports in the main equipme[...]

  • Page 336

    Single Line T elephones 306 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. In 2102-01: Class of Service (page 724), check the extension’ s Class of Service lev el. 2. If yes, in 1403-02: Single Ring for Single Line Set (page 635) enter Ye s . 3. If no, in 1403-02: Single Ring for Single Line Set (page 635) enter No . 1. In 2102-01: Class of Serv[...]

  • Page 337

    Single Line T elephones DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 307 Features Operation Barge In 1. Do one of the follo wing. a. Call busy e xtension. b. Dial the line extension number (e.g., 101) for Direct Line Access. c. Dial #9 + Line number for Line Dial-up. d. Dial 9 for Line Group Access. 2. Dial 4 . 3. Join the con versation in progress. Call Forwa[...]

  • Page 338

    Single Line T elephones 308 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Call W aiting / Camp-On 1. Call busy e xtension. 2. Dial 2 but do not hang up. • If you hang up, the system conv erts your Camp-On to a Callback. 3. Speak to your co-worker when the y answer their Camp-On ring. Callback 1. Call busy e xtension. 2. Dial 2 and hang up. • Stay on the lin[...]

  • Page 339

    Single Line T elephones DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 309 Features 2. Dial outside number . Directed Call Pic kup 1. Lift the handset. 2. Dial ** . 3. Dial number of extension whose call you want to intercept. • T o intercept a call ringing an attendant, dial the attendant’ s extension number (e.g., 300); not 0 or 01-04. Door Bo x T o place [...]

  • Page 340

    Single Line T elephones 310 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Group Call Pic kup 1. Lift the handset. 2. Dial *# . Hold T o retrieve a line on System Hold at a co-w orker’ s extension: 1. Lift the handset. 2. Dial *4 . 3. Dial the number of the line that is on Hold (e.g., 01 for line 1). T o place a call on Exc lusive Hold: 1. Hook fl ash and dia[...]

  • Page 341

    Single Line T elephones DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 311 Features 3. Dial the announced Meet-Me Conference code (#11 or #12). • Y our co-work er’ s must join the telephone meeting within the Meet Me Conference time. T o join a Meet-Me Conference: 1. Listen for paged in vitation to join the Conference. 2. Dial announced Meet-Me Conference co[...]

  • Page 342

    Single Line T elephones 312 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual P ark T o P ark a call: 1. Place or answer call. 2. Hook fl ash and dial * . 3. Dial the orbit number . • System Park Orbits are 60-69. • Personal Park Orbits are *300-*427. T o retrieve a parked call: 1. Lift the handset. 2. Dial * . 3. Dial the orbit number . • System Park Orbits[...]

  • Page 343

    Single Line T elephones DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 313 Features Split A single line telephone can Split (alternate) between their current call and waiting calls. The waiting calls can include a cal l you previously placed on Exclusi v e Hold or camped-on calls. T o Split (Alternate) between y our current call and a waiting call: 1. Hook fl a[...]

  • Page 344

    Soft Keys 314 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Soft Keys Description A vailable. See Inter active Soft K e ys (page 210) for more.[...]

  • Page 345

    Speed Dial DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 315 Features Speed Dial Description Speed Dial gi ves an extension user quick access to frequently called numbers. There are two types of Speed Dial: System and Personal. Speed Dial numbers can be up to 32 digits long, using 0-9, # and *. Every Speed Dial can hav e a programmed name up to 18 characters lo[...]

  • Page 346

    Speed Dial 316 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Note that this unique Centrex integration also pertains to voice mail ports accessing stored Speed Dial numbers. Chaining Bins for Dialing Long Number s A Speed Dial number can be up to 32 digits long. The system allo ws this by automatically using the next adjacent bin for entries longer than 16 digi[...]

  • Page 347

    Speed Dial DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 317 Features Programming Setting Up P ersonal Speed Dial 1. If yes: - In 2111-09: P ersonal Speed Dial (page 734) enter Ye s . - In 2131-[01-64]: Line Access (page 763), mak e sure the extension has outgoing ( 2 ) or full ( 3 ) access to the lines they w ant to use for Personal Speed Dial. - T o allo w th[...]

  • Page 348

    Speed Dial 318 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual 1. For 9 (1-digit), in 1701-01: Number of System Speed Dial Bins (page 714) enter 1 . 2. For 99 (2-digit), in 1701-01: Number of System Speed Dial Bins (page 714) enter 2 . 3. For 999 (3-digit), in 1701-01: Number of System Speed Dial Bins (page 714) enter 3 . The settings of this option do not limit [...]

  • Page 349

    Speed Dial DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 319 Features 1. If yes, leav e 1612-04: PBX/Centr ex Flash T imer (page 686) at its current setting. 2. If no, adjust 1612-04: PBX/Centr ex Flash T imer (page 686) as required. 1. If yes, leav e 1602-03: Dialtone Detect T imer (page 671) at its current setting. 2. If no, adjust 1602-03: Dialtone Detect T [...]

  • Page 350

    Speed Dial 320 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual b. Enter the Line Group number you want the system to use when dialing your stored number (90-98). c. Press INTERCOM if you want to enter Intercom codes. 6. Press HOLD . 7. Enter the number you want to store (up to 32 digits long). • If storing Intercom codes, you can enter a valid dial sequence usi[...]

  • Page 351

    Speed Dial DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 321 Features User Programmab le Features a. Enter the line number you want the system to use when dialing your stored number (1-64). b. Enter the Line Group number you want the system to use when dialing your stored number (90-98). c. Press INTERCOM if you want to enter Intercom codes. 6. Press HOLD . 7. [...]

  • Page 352

    Speed Dial 322 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Name Programming Chart Programming System Speed Dial Feature Mnemonic Operation Access Level Speed Dial #SP (#77) #SP + Dial System Speed Dial bin number (e.g., 201) + HOLD + Enter outside line (e.g., 1), Line Group (e.g., 90), or INTERCOM for Intercom feature + HOLD + Number to store + HOLD twice + N[...]

  • Page 353

    Split (Alternate) DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 323 Features Split (Alternate) Description W ith Split, an extension user can split (alternate) between a current call and a ne w call. Split lets the exten- sion user easily alternate between the calls without joining (Conferencing) the parties together . Conditions • None Default Setting • Sp[...]

  • Page 354

    Split (Alternate) 324 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Using Split In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o Split between y our current Intercom call and a ne w Inter com call: 1. Press HOLD to place your Intercom call on Hold. 2. Press INTERCOM to answer your ne w Intercom call. • INTERCOM winks of f (gre[...]

  • Page 355

    Station Key T elephones DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 325 Features Station Key Telephones Description The system offers 22-Button, 34-Button, 34-Button Advanced, and Super Display k eyset telephones. All telephone models are av ailable in two colors: black and white. System keysets pr o vide a host of sophisticated extension f eatures. 22-Button[...]

  • Page 356

    Station Key T elephones 326 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Ring/Message Lamp Each ke yset has a Ring/Message Lamp. Located on the upper right of the keyset faceplate, the Ring/Message Lamp indicates for the following features: Conditions • None Default Setting • Digital station ports automatically detect the type of connect device when the ke[...]

  • Page 357

    Station Key T elephones DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 327 Features Programming 1. In 2101-01: Station T ype (page 719), the system automatically detects the following circuit types when a device is connected to a digital station port: - 00 for Unde fi ned - 01 for DSX 22 Button - 02 for DSX 34 Button - 03 for DSX Super Display - 04 for DS 22 Bu[...]

  • Page 358

    Station Message Detail Recording 328 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Station Message Detail Recording Description Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR) pro vides a record of the system’ s outside calls. T ypically , the record outputs to a customer -provided printer , terminal or SMDR data collection de vice. SMDR allo ws you to monitor the us[...]

  • Page 359

    Station Message Detail Recording DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 329 Features SMDR Report Format SMDR Report Format (P age 1 of 2) Line Character Field Report Star t Header 1 1-32 ST A TION MESSA GE DET AIL RECORDING 33,34 Carriage return, line feed 2 1-10 Date (mm/dd/yyyy) 11 Space 12-16 T ime (hh:mm:ss) 17 A (for am) or P (for pm) 18,19 Carriage[...]

  • Page 360

    Station Message Detail Recording 330 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Conditions • None Default Setting • SMDR output disabled. 72 Space 73 T 74 Space 3 1-3 - characters 4 + character 5-7 - characters 8 + character 9-40 - characters 41 + character 42-51 - characters 52 + character 53-61 - characters 62 + character 63-70 - characters 71 + charac[...]

  • Page 361

    Station Message Detail Recording DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 331 Features Programming 1. If yes: - In 1541-01: SMDR P ort (page 666), enter 1 to enable the RS-232 port to output SMDR. - In 1101-01: Baud Rate (page 603), set the baud rate of the RS-232 port: 1 for 2400 2 for 9600 3 for19,200 4 for 38,400 5 for 57,600 2. If no: In 1541-01: SMDR [...]

  • Page 362

    Station Message Detail Recording 332 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation SMDR is automatic once enabled.[...]

  • Page 363

    System Administrator (PC Program) DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 333 Features System Administrator (PC Program) Description A vailable. See PC Pr ogram (System Administrator) (page 272) for more.[...]

  • Page 364

    System Identification 334 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual System Identi fi cation Description The system administrator can enter the site name and telephone number into the system data base. This information is sav ed into system memory . Conditions • None Default Setting • No entries. Programming 1. In 1011-01: System Name (page 597), enter[...]

  • Page 365

    System Programming Backup and Restore DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 335 Features System Programming Backup and Restore Description T o pre vent the loss of essential custom site programming, use a CompactFlash Card plugged into the Intra- Mail CompactFlash slot to back up the system database. If the need arises, you can restore the system data- [...]

  • Page 366

    System Programming Password Protection 336 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual System Programming Password Protection Description The system controls access to the programmable options according to the programming password the administrator enters. There are three passw ord lev els: Conditions • When programming passwords, the system will enforce th[...]

  • Page 367

    System Programming Password Protection DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 337 Features IntraMail Features None Operation None[...]

  • Page 368

    T1 Lines 338 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual T1 Lines Description T1 lines require a unique T1 PCB (P/N 80061) and gi ve the system a maximum of 24 lines in a single PCB slot. The a v ailable T1 line types include: ❥ Loop Start (DTMF and Dial Pulse) ❥ Ground Start (DTMF and Dial Pulse) ❥ Direct Inward Dial (DID) W ink Start (DTMF and Dial Pu[...]

  • Page 369

    T1 Lines DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 339 Features Programming 1. Be sure your T1PCB is installed and connected, and that your telco is pro viding T1 service. 2. In 3101-01: Line T ype (page 809), enter the correct circuit type for each T1 line. • 00 for uninstalled • 01 for Loop start • 02 for Ground Start • 03 for DID W ink Start • [...]

  • Page 370

    T1 Lines 340 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual 1. T o enable ANI-based Caller ID, in 3121-01: Caller ID T ype (page 825) enter 3 . 2. In 3121-02: ANI/DNIS F ormat (page 825), specify the type of ANI/DNIS received from the telco: - 0 for no ANI/DNIS data - 1 for ANI - 2 for *ANI* - 3 for *DNIS* - 4 for *ANI*DNIS* 3. In 3121-03: ANI/DNIS Delimiter (pa[...]

  • Page 371

    T andem Calls / Unsupervised Conference DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 341 Features Tandem Calls / Unsupervised Conference Description T andem Calls allo ws an extension user to join two outside callers in a line-to-line conference. The extension user can then drop out of the call, leaving the lines in an Unsupervised Conference. The extension us[...]

  • Page 372

    T andem Calls / Unsupervised Conference 342 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features F orced Line Disconnect (page 182) An extension user can end an Unsupervised Conference by using F orced Line Disconnect on one of the lines in the tandem call. Single Line T elephones (page 305) T andem Calling is av ailable at Single Line [...]

  • Page 373

    T andem Calls / Unsupervised Conference DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 343 Features Barging in on a T andem Call In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o Barge In on a T andem Call: 1. Do one of the follo wing. a. Press the line ke y for the busy line. b. Press INTERCOM and dial the line’ s Direct Line Access code[...]

  • Page 374

    T ie Lines 344 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Tie Lines Description T ie lines directly link a local DSX-80/160 telephone system with one or more remote DSX-80/160 systems. The link is independent of the telco's switched network. When a local system user seizes a tie line, they hear Intercom dial tone from the remote system. The user can the[...]

  • Page 375

    T ie Lines DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 345 Features 1. T o restrict feature access: - In 3102-01: Line Class of Service (page 813), check the tie line’ s Class of Service level. - In 14xx-COS (Class of Service) (page 628), restrict Class of Service options as required. 2. T o restrict outgoing dialing: - In 3102-02: Line T oll Level (page 81[...]

  • Page 376

    T ie Lines 346 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Call W aiting / Camp-On 1. Access the tie line and call busy e xtension. 2. Dial 2 but do not hang up. • If you hang up, the system conv erts your Camp-On to a Callback. 3. Speak to your co-worker when the y answer their Camp-On ring. Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing 1. Access the tie line[...]

  • Page 377

    T ie Lines DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 347 Features Intercom T o place an Intercom call: 1. Access the tie line. 2. Dial the extension number . • T o call the remote system’ s operator , dial 0 . • The call rings the destination extension. Night Service / Night Ring T o answer a call ringing o ver the paging system: 1. Access the tie lin[...]

  • Page 378

    T ie Lines 348 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual T ransfer T o transfer y our call to a user in the remote system: 1. Place or answer call. • Transferring an outside call o ver the tie line requires that the tie line ha ve T andem Calls enabled and that the extension ha ve Unsupervised Conference enabled in their Class of Service. 2. Press TRANSFE[...]

  • Page 379

    T ime and Date DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 349 Features Time and Date Description The system T ime and Date appears on display telephones and Station Message Detail Recording reports. The system administrator can change the time and date from the system programming mode. In addition, extension users can change the time and date from the User P[...]

  • Page 380

    T ime and Date 350 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Battery Backup (page 38) The battery on the CPU PCB backs up the CPU Real T ime Clock for 10-14 days. Station Message Detail Recor ding (page 328) T ime and date appear on the SMDR report. IntraMail Features None Operation User Programmab le Feature Changing the Sys[...]

  • Page 381

    T oll Restriction DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 351 Features Toll Restriction Description T oll Restriction limits the numbers an extension user may dial. By allo wing extensions to place only certain types of calls, the system administrator can control long distance costs. The system applies T oll Restriction according to an extension’ s T ol[...]

  • Page 382

    T oll Restriction 352 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual The follo wing chart summarizes these tables. T oll Restriction Overview ❥ When you dial: T elephone Banking Continued Dialing (Acti ve K ey Pad) is enabled or disabled by the setting of 3511-01: Active K e y P ad (page 840). ❥ When you dial: 411, 811 N11 Dialing is enabled or disabled by t[...]

  • Page 383

    T oll Restriction DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 353 Features ❥ When you dial: 1010 220 203 926 5400 Equal Access (101 0 XXX) Dialing is controlled by the Equal Access codes entered in 352x-1010-XXX / Local XXX (Equal Access Dialing) (page 844). - The table entries ha ve no af fect on the less common 101X XXX Equal Access dialing. ❥ When you [...]

  • Page 384

    T oll Restriction 354 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming Basic Setup 1. In 3501-01: T oll Restriction Country T ype (page 839), set the T oll Restriction Country T ype. - F or systems installed in North America, you should select US Domestic ( 1 ). 1. In 2102-02: Station T oll Level (Day) (page 724) and 2102-03: Station T oll Level (Night[...]

  • Page 385

    T oll Restriction DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 355 Features 2. If no, in 352x-1010-XXX / Local XXX (Equal Access Dialing) (page 844) change the table to an allo w table with no entries. This blocks all 1010 + XXX dialing. 1 + Long Distance Dialing Restrictions 1. If yes, in 353x-1+XXX / TBL-A XXX (NP A/NXX Dialing 3-Digit T able) (page 846) set[...]

  • Page 386

    T oll Restriction 356 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Some Common T oll Restriction Examples Note that the follo wing 4 examples can be simultaneously programmed in the same system – just don’t rein- itialize the T oll Restriction T ables in examples 2-4. Example 1: Allowing Onl y Local Calling Allow users to dial only 7-digit and 10-digit loc[...]

  • Page 387

    T oll Restriction DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 357 Features Flash (page 177) When an extension user with T oll Restriction enabled fl ashes a line, the system enforces T oll Restric- tion on any digits the user dials from the ne w dial tone. For e xample, if an extension user cannot dial 203 926 5400 before they fl ash, the y cannot dial 203 [...]

  • Page 388

    T ransfer 358 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Transfer Description T ransfer permits an extension user to send (i.e., e xtend) an acti ve call to an y other extension in the system, a Ring Group, UCD Group or v oice mail. W ith T ransfer , any e xtension user can quickly send a call to the desired co-worker . A call a user transfers automatically [...]

  • Page 389

    T ransfer DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 359 Features Interaction Between Call Forwarding, Extension Hunting, and T ransfer Recall The follo wing chart shows ho w the system handles T ransfer Recall call routing when both Call Forwarding and Extension Hunting are enabled at the destination extension. Call F orwarding has priority o ver Exten- sio[...]

  • Page 390

    T ransfer 360 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Call Forwarding and T ype 2 (Ring No Answer / Busy Line) Extension Hunting and Call Forwarding and T ype 3 (Ring No Answer / Busy All) Extension Hunting Destination Extension Forwarding T ype Ring No Answer Busy In DND Busy/No Answer *32 • Call rings destination for the 1603-01: T ransfer Recall T im[...]

  • Page 391

    T ransfer DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 361 Features Call Forwarding and T ype 4 (Busy Line) Extension Hunting Destination Extension Forwarding T ype Ring No Answer Busy In DND Busy/No Answer *32 • Call rings destination for the 1603-01: T ransfer Recall T imer interval. • If unanswered, it rings the forwarding destination for the 1601-03: C[...]

  • Page 392

    T ransfer 362 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming T ransfer Recall 1. If yes, leav e 1603-01: T ransfer Recall T imer (page 675) at its current setting. 2. If no, adjust 1603-01: T ransfer Recall T imer (page 675) as required. 1. For non-operator e xtensions: - If yes, leav e 1601-03: Call F orward No Answer T imer (page 670) at its curren[...]

  • Page 393

    T ransfer DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 363 Features Hotline A utomatic T ransfer 1. In 2102-01: Class of Service (page 724), check the extension’ s Class of Service lev el. 2. If yes, in 1401-13: Hotline Automatic T ransfer (page 632) enter Ye s . 3. If no, in 1401-13: Hotline Automatic T ransfer (page 632) enter No . Other Related Features F[...]

  • Page 394

    T ransfer 364 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Reverse V oice Over (page 289) While idle, an extension user can use their Re verse V oice Over ke y to T ransfer calls. Station Message Detail Recor ding (page 328) The system assigns the SMDR record to the last extension on the call. F or example, if extension 306 answers the call, talks for 20 minut[...]

  • Page 395

    T ransfer DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 365 Features Operation Using T ransfer In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o T ransfer y our call: 1. Do not hang up. 2 Press TRANSFER . 3. Do one of the follo wing. a. Dial your co-worker’ s extension. • T o T ransfer your call directly to your co-worker’ s mailbox,[...]

  • Page 396

    T ransfer 366 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual T o T ransfer a call to y our co-w orker’ s speakerphone (i.e ., use Handsfree T ransfer): 1. Do one of the following. a. While on an outside call: • Press TRANSFER . • Dial you co-worker’ s e xtension number . b. Press Hotline key for your co-w orker . 2. Listen for two beeps. • If you hear [...]

  • Page 397

    Unsupervised Conference DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 367 Features Unsupervised Conference Description A vailable. See T andem Calls / Unsupervised Confer ence (page 341) for more.[...]

  • Page 398

    User Programmable Features 368 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual User Programmable Features Description User Programmable Features allo w an e xtension user to dial mnemonics to customize the w ay certain features work on their telephone. With User Programmable Features, there is no need to rely on a System Administra- tor or Communications Manager [...]

  • Page 399

    User Programmable Features DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 369 Features Hotline #HL #45 #HL + Press fl ashing Hotline key + Enter e xten- sion for ne w Hotline partner + HOLD + Pro- gram another Hotline ke y or SPEAKER to exit. 3-5 Off Hook Signaling #OHS #647 #OHS + Select mode ( 1 = Outside line , 2 = Hotline partner , 3 = Intercom ) + Select o[...]

  • Page 400

    User Programmable Features 370 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Conditions • None Default Setting • Extension 300 has its access level fi x ed at 5. (This means that by default only e xtension 300 can dial #TD to change the system time and date.) • All other extensions hav e access lev el 3. Ringing Line Preference #RLP #757 #RLP + Y to enab[...]

  • Page 401

    User Programmable Features DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 371 Features Programming 1. In 2102-04: User Pr ogr amming Access Le vel (page 725), assign an extensions access le vel (1-5). - Access lev el 5 has the most capability (see the tables abov e). Access le vel 1 has the least capability . - By default, extension 300 has its access le v el ?[...]

  • Page 402

    V oice Mail 372 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Voice Mail Description The system is fully compatible with IntraMail, UltraMail, and NVM-Series V oice Mail with Automated Attendant Systems. These systems pro vide telephone users with comprehensiv e voice mail and Automated Attendant features. Automated Attendant automatically answers the system’[...]

  • Page 403

    V oice Mail DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 373 Features P ersonal Ans wering Machine Em ulation A keyset user can ha ve their idle e xtension emulate a personal answering machine. This lets v oice mail screen their calls, just like their answering machine at home. If acti vated, the e xtension’ s incoming calls route to the user’ s Subscriber[...]

  • Page 404

    V oice Mail 374 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Call Forwarding Timer s and V oice Mail The follo wing diagram shows ho w the system handles an outside call transferred to an extension that is for - warded to v oice mail. T ransferred Outside Call to Forwar ded Extension Conditions • If an extension has a fl ashing Ring/Message lamp and the sys[...]

  • Page 405

    V oice Mail DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 375 Features Programming Basic Installation 1. T urn the system of f. 2. Plug in the IntraMail CompactFlash card. - In DSX-40, the card plugs directly into the equipment cabinet. - In DSX-80/160, the card plugs into the CPU PCB. 3. Normally , you should leave the follo wing at their default settings: - 1[...]

  • Page 406

    V oice Mail 376 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual 3. In 4101-01: V oice Mail T ype (page 863), enter 4 (for external). 4. Normally , you should leave the follo wing at their default settings: - 1312-01: V oice Mail Extension Number (page 624) ( 500-507 ). - 4101-02: V oice Mail Master Number (page 864) ( 700 ). - 4111-01: V oice Mail P ort Name (pag[...]

  • Page 407

    V oice Mail DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 377 Features A utomated Attendant Answering 1. In 3112-01: Dir ect T ermination in the Day (page 819), enter 700 . 2. T o control the day/night mode of lines terminated to voice mail during the day , set up a UCD night ke y on your extension or DSS Console. - T o set up a UCD night ke y on an extension: [...]

  • Page 408

    V oice Mail 378 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual 1. If yes, leav e 1601-02: DIL No Answer T imer (page 669) at its current setting. 2. If no, adjust 1601-02: DIL No Answer T imer (page 669) as required. 1. T o wait for an idle port: - In 2302-01: UCD Gr oup Over fl ow Destination (page 792), enter None (by pressing CLEAR ). 2. T o over fl ow : - [...]

  • Page 409

    V oice Mail DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 379 Features Other Related Features Features Account Codes (page 14) • V oice mail callout features (such as Message Noti fi cation) may interact with Account Codes if the callout number contains # characters. Attendant P osition (page 24) • STRF transfers to the attendant from the voice mail Automa[...]

  • Page 410

    V oice Mail 380 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation The V oice Mail Basics In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o call your mailbo x: 1. (Optional) Check the status of your mailbox. • On your display , V -Mail xx [VMxx] is the number of ne w messages in your mailbox. • In addition, your Ring/Message lamp [...]

  • Page 411

    V oice Mail DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 381 Features T ransferring Calls to a Mailbo x In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o T ransfer y our active call to a mailbo x: Method A (Ring fi rst, then T ransfer) 1. Press TRANSFER . 2. Dial the number of the mailbox to receiv e the T ransfer . • Y ou can optional[...]

  • Page 412

    V oice Mail 382 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Using Con versation Recor d In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o record y our active call in a mailbo x: 1. Do one of the follo wing. a. Press a Record Feature Ke y on your extension or DSS Console. • The record key can be assigned to yours or a co-worker’ s mai[...]

  • Page 413

    V oice Mail DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 383 Features Refer to Call Scr eening (page 453). Y ou may fi nd that Call Screening better meets your requirements. User Programmab le Features Using Answering Mac hine Emulation In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o activate or cancel P ersonal Answering Mac hine Emul[...]

  • Page 414

    V oice Mail 384 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Setting up a Message Center K ey Feature Mnemonic Operation Access Level V oice Mail #KP (#57) #KP + Press key you want to program + HOLD + Dial 24 + Enter mailbox number + HOLD + CONF + SPEAKER twice to exit. 3-5[...]

  • Page 415

    V oice Over DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 385 Features Voice Over Description V oice Ov er lets a user get through to a keyset e xtension user busy on a handset call. W ith V oice Over , the busy k eyset extension user hears an alert tone follo wed by the v oice of the interrupting party . The ke yset extension user can respond to the interrupti[...]

  • Page 416

    V oice Over 386 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Attendant P osition (page 24) An operator cannot receiv e a V oice Over from a co-worker since their e xtension is nev er busy to Inter - com callers. Call Covera ge K e ys (page 40) An extension can V oice Over after calling a co-work er by pressing their Call Coverag[...]

  • Page 417

    V oice Over DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 387 Features Operation Using V oice Over In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o initiate a V oice Over to a b usy extension: 1. Listen for busy/ring tone. • If you don’t hear busy ring, you cannot V oice Over . 2. Do one of the follo wing. a. [V ovr] [V oice Over] Pre[...]

  • Page 418

    V olume, Brightness, and Contrast Controls 388 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Volume, Brightness, and Contrast Controls Description A keyset user can press V olume Up and V olume Down to interacti vely adjust the v olume of the follo wing features while they are acti ve: ❥ Intercom handset calls ❥ Intercom Handsfree calls ❥ Outside handset [...]

  • Page 419

    V olume, Brightness, and Contrast Controls DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 389 Features Programming V olume Settings 1. If yes, in 2111-07: Retain Line V olume Setting (page 732) enter Ye s . 2. If no, in 2111-07: Retain Line V olume Setting (page 732) enter No . Display Bac klight and Ke y P ad Illumination Controls 1. These options do not apply [...]

  • Page 420

    V olume, Brightness, and Contrast Controls 390 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Adjusting y our T elephone’ s V olume In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o interactively adjust the v olume while a f eature is active: 1 While the feature is acti ve, press V olume Up and V olume Down . • Pressing V olum[...]

  • Page 421

    V olume, Brightness, and Contrast Controls DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 391 Features T o set up the display brightness, contrast control, and dial pad illummination presets: 1. [Menu + Display] [Menu + MORE (2 or 3 times) + Dsply] Select the display preset mode. 2. Do one of the follo wing. a. [Contrast] [Cont] • Select the display contrast p[...]

  • Page 422

    W alking Class of Service 392 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Walking Class of Service Description W alking Class of Service allo ws an extension user to temporarily implement their T oll Restriction and Class of Service settings at a co-worker’ s keyset. This is normally used to ov erride dialing restrictions at a tele- phone. For e xample, an [...]

  • Page 423

    W alking Class of Service DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 393 Features Other Related Features Features Extension Locking (page 166) Extension Locking and W alking Class of Service share the same PIN code. Single Line T elephones (page 305) W alking Class of Service is not av ailable to single line telephone users. Station Message Detail Recor ding[...]

  • Page 424

    W alking Class of Service 394 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual 4. When you see NEW PIN A CCEPTED : [Exit] [Exit] T o change y our PIN number (if y ou already ha ve one assigned): 1. Press INTERCOM and dial ##6 . 2. When you see ENTER PIN CODE: • Enter your current PIN number + HOLD . 3. When you see ENTER NEW PIN: • Enter your new PIN number + [...]

  • Page 425

    DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 395 IntraMail Features IntraMail Features Introduction Intr oduction How T o Use This Chapter This chapter provides detailed information on the IntraMail features. Similar to the F eatures chapter , the IntraMail features in this chapter are in alphabetical order , like a dictionary . This chapter subdi vi[...]

  • Page 426

    Start-Up Programming 396 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Start-Up Programming Start-Up IntraMail Programming 1. Add additional IntraMail mailboxes as required. - In 2141-01: Station Mailbox T ype (page 766), enter 1 . This enables a Subscriber Mailbox for the extension. - By default in DSX-80/160, the fi rst 16 mailbox es are enabled (e[...]

  • Page 427

    Start-Up Programming DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 397 IntraMail Features 1. Normally , you should leave the follo wing programs at their default settings: - 1312-01: V oice Mail Extension Number (page 624) ( 500-507 ). - 4101-02: V oice Mail Master Number (page 864) ( 700 ). - 4111-01: V oice Mail P ort Name (page 865) ( VM PORT # ). [...]

  • Page 428

    Specifications 398 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Speci fi cations Specifications Built-In A utomated Attendant Capacities Mailboxes Routing Mailboxes: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Call Routing: . . . . . 8 Announcement: . . . 0 Subscriber:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Ring Group Mailboxes: . . [...]

  • Page 429

    Application Examples DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 399 IntraMail Features Application Examples Examples of Some Common Applications The examples belo w sho w some common applications. The chart in the be ginning of each example sho ws: ❥ How the rele v ant programmable options work by default. ❥ The Application Summary , which prov[...]

  • Page 430

    Application Examples 400 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Example 2: Provide Unique Day and Night Dialing Options for Callers 1. Follo wing example 1, set up separate day and night Instruction Menus using Call Routing Mailbox es 1 and 2. - The day Instruction Menu can say something like: Thank you for calling. F or Sales, dial 301. F or T[...]

  • Page 431

    Application Examples DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 401 IntraMail Features Example 3: Overflow to IntraMail in the Day , Answer in Night Mode 1. In 3112-01: Dir ect T ermination in the Day (page 819), make sure lines are set to K ey Ring (be pressing CLEAR ). 2. In 3112-02: Enable Day Over fl ow (page 819), enter Ye s . 3. In 3112-03:[...]

  • Page 432

    IntraMail Feature Glossary 402 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual IntraMail Feature Glossary Name Description Usage Administrator Security Code Control • See Security Code in this glossary . V oice Mail Alternate Next Call Routing Mailbo x • See Next Call Routing Mailbox in this Glossary . V oice Mail Announcement Mailbo x Mailbox that [...]

  • Page 433

    IntraMail Feature Glossary DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 403 IntraMail Features A utomated Attendant T ransfer While on an outside call, an extension user can transfer their call to the Automated Attendant so the caller can use the Automated Attendant dialing options. • See Automated Attendant T ransfer (page 441) for more. V oice Ma[...]

  • Page 434

    IntraMail Feature Glossary 404 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Con versation Recor d Allows an e xtension user to record their activ e call as a mes- sage in their mailbox. IntraMail will broadcast a beep and a voice prompt to the callers as Con v ersation Record begins. • See Con versation Recor d (page 462) for more. V oice Mail Day [...]

  • Page 435

    IntraMail Feature Glossary DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 405 IntraMail Features Flexib le Call Routing The Automated Attendant can provide outside callers with a wide variety of dialing (routing) options. There are 3 components to Flexible Call Routing. • Answer T able Determines how the Automated Attendant answers out- side calls on[...]

  • Page 436

    IntraMail Feature Glossary 406 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Hang Up An Automated Attendant option that immediately hangs up the outside call. • See Hang Up (page 506) for more. Automated Attendant Help • See Getting Recor ded Help in this glossary . V oice Mail Individual Line Greetings • See Multiple Company Gr eetings in this [...]

  • Page 437

    IntraMail Feature Glossary DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 407 IntraMail Features Mailbo x T ransfer • See T r ansfer to a Mailbox in this glossary . V oice Mail Main Menu The IntraMail options av ailable to an e xtension user when they log onto their mailbox. • See Main Menu (page 523) for more. V oice Mail Make Call A Subscriber Ma[...]

  • Page 438

    IntraMail Feature Glossary 408 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Message Retention IntraMail will sav e a mailbox’ s ne w or sav ed messages for the Message Retention interval, and then delete them. • See Message Retention (page 547) for more. V oice Mail Message Send • See Recor d and Send a Message in this glossary . V oice Mail Me[...]

  • Page 439

    IntraMail Feature Glossary DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 409 IntraMail Features Recorded Help • Pre-recorded voice prompts guide the user through the IntraMail features. V oice Mail Recording a Con versation • See Con versation Recor d in this glossary . V oice Mail Recording a Messa ge • See Record and Send a Messa ge in this gl[...]

  • Page 440

    IntraMail Feature Glossary 410 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Single Digit Dialing An Automated Attendant caller can press a single key to route to an extension, route to another destination, or use an IntraMail feature. • See Single Digit Dialing (page 572) for more. Automated Attendant Subscriber Mailbo x The mailbox type normally u[...]

  • Page 441

    IntraMail Feature Glossary DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 411 IntraMail Features Unde fi ned Routing A dialpad digit for which the Automated Attendant has no routing de fi ned. When an Automated Attendant caller dials a digit for which there is no routing assigned, Intra- Mail plays a brief error message and then repeats the dial- ing[...]

  • Page 442

    Announcement Mailbox 412 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Announcement Mailbox Description An Announcement Mailbox plays a pre-recorded announcement to Automated Attendant callers without providing dialing options. The Announcement Mailbox is typically set up to pro vide information to callers (such as company directions) and then route b[...]

  • Page 443

    Announcement Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 413 IntraMail Features Direct Announcement Mailbo x Routing (If the outside caller routes directly to the Announcement Mailbox) 4223-03: Next Call Routing Mailbox 4223-01: Repeat Count 4223-02-Hang Up After Action Unde fi ned 0 (No repeats) Y es or No • If the caller doesn’t dial,[...]

  • Page 444

    Announcement Mailbox 414 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Routed Announcement Mailbo x Routing (P age 1 of 2) (If the outside caller routes to the Announcement Mailbox from a Call Routing Mailbo x) 4223-03: Next Call Routing Mailbox 4223-01: Repeat Count 4223-02-Hang Up After Action Unde fi ned 0 (No repeats) No • If the caller doesn?[...]

  • Page 445

    Announcement Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 415 IntraMail Features Programming 1. In 4221-01: Routing Mailbox T ype (page 890), to make the selected mailbox an Announcement Mailbox, enter 2 . - By default, Routing Mailboxes 9-16 are Announcement Mailboxes. 1. See Operation belo w . - By default, a message is not recorded. 1. T o[...]

  • Page 446

    Announcement Mailbox 416 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Automated Attendant (page 433) The Automated Attendant can route callers to an Announcement Mailbox. Call Routing Mailbox (page 450) A Call Routing Mailbox (and the associated Dial Action T able) provides dialing options to Au[...]

  • Page 447

    Announcement Message DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 417 IntraMail Features Announcement Message Description The Announcement Message is the voice message that the System Administrator records for a speci fi c Announcement Mailbox. See Announcement Mailbox (page 412) for more. Programming See Announcement Mailbox (page 412). Other Relat[...]

  • Page 448

    Answer Schedule Override 418 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Answer Schedule Override Description Answer Schedule Override pro vides alternate answering for Automated Attendant calls. When enabled, Answer Schedule Override sends calls to the speci fi ed Ov erride Mailbox. The Ov erride Mailbox can be an Announcement, Call Routing, or Su[...]

  • Page 449

    Answer Schedule Override DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 419 IntraMail Features The Override Mailbox can be a Subscriber Mailbox. System Administrator (page 576) Optionally enable Answer Schedule Override from the System Administrator Mailbox. Operation Enabling Ans wer Schedule Override [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log[...]

  • Page 450

    Answer T ables 420 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Answer Tables Description The Answer T able determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each line, according to the time of the day and day of the week that the call is ringing. IntraMail provides 8 Answer T ables. The Answer T able is an integral part of the Automate[...]

  • Page 451

    Answer T ables DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 421 IntraMail Features The Default Mailbo x and Routing Hierarc hy The Default Mailbox pro vides routing for an Answer T able during periods when a schedule is not in effect. By default, for example, Answer T able 1 Schedule 1 is active Monday through Friday from 8:30 AM to 5:00 PM. The Def [...]

  • Page 452

    Answer T ables 422 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Default Setting • All lines are assigned to Answer T able 1. • All outside lines are set to Key Ring during the day and at night. Programming Basic Setup 1. In 3131-02: IntraMail Answer T able Assignment (page 828), assign an Answer T able (1-8) to each line that the Automated Attend[...]

  • Page 453

    Answer T ables DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 423 IntraMail Features Setting Up a T ype 1 (Day of W eek) Schedule 1. In 4212-[01-10]: Schedule T ype (page 882), enter 1. 2. In 4212-[01-10]: Routing Mailbox Number (page 883), select the Routing Mailbox (1-16) that will answer calls when this Schedule Entry is acti ve. - Y ou can optional[...]

  • Page 454

    Answer T ables 424 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Setting Up a T ype 3 (Date) Schedule 1. In 4212-[01-10]: Schedule T ype (page 882), enter 3. 2. In 4212-[01-10]: Routing Mailbox Number (page 883), select the Routing Mailbox (1-16) that will answer calls when this Schedule Entry is acti ve. - Y ou can optionally assign a Subscriber Mail[...]

  • Page 455

    Answering Machine Emulation DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 425 IntraMail Features Answering Machine Emulation Description A user’ s keyset can work like a home answering machine. This lets IntraMail screen their calls, just like their answering machine at home. If activ ated, the e xtension’ s incoming calls route to the user’ s S[...]

  • Page 456

    Answering Machine Emulation 426 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual When P ersonal Ans wering Machine Em ulation broadcasts y our caller’ s v oice: 1. Do one of the follo wing. a. Do nothing to hav e the caller’ s message automatically recorded in your mailbox. b. Press SPEAKER or lift the handset to intercept the call. • If your exten[...]

  • Page 457

    Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 427 IntraMail Features Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb Description When a subscriber enables Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb, Automated Attendant calls to their extension go directly to their mailbox. Their phone will not ring for calls from the Automated Attendant. Y ou can optio[...]

  • Page 458

    Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb 428 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Operation Recording a Multiple Greeting and Setting Up A uto Attendant Do Not Disturb [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto Subscriber Mailbox. G (4) Access the Mailbox Greeting options. [Greeting] - [Greet] IntraMail does the following: • Plays a summa[...]

  • Page 459

    Auto Erase or Save DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 429 IntraMail Features Auto Erase or Save Description When a m ailbox user completely listens to a ne w message and then e xits their mailbox, IntraMail will either automatically sa ve or erase the message. The setting of this option depends on ho w the subscriber would pre- fer their ma[...]

  • Page 460

    Auto Erase or Save 430 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features N/A Operation N/A[...]

  • Page 461

    Auto T ime Stamp DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 431 IntraMail Features Auto Time Stamp Description After a Subscriber Mailbox user listens to a message, IntraMail can optionally announce the time and date the message was left. The Subscriber can enable Auto T ime Stamp from their mailbox, or you can optionally enable it from system prog[...]

  • Page 462

    Auto T ime Stamp 432 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Operation T urning A uto Time Stamp On or Off [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto Subscriber Mailbox. OP (67) Access the Mailbox Options Menu. [MBO X Options] - [N/A] AT (28) Access Auto T ime Stamp. [Time Stamp] - [Time] IntraMail plays a summary of your Auto T ime[...]

  • Page 463

    Automated Attendant DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 433 IntraMail Features Automated Attendant Description The Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each line, according to the time of the day and day of the week that the call is ringing. The Automated Attendant can automatically answer the telephone system’ s incom- ing calls, [...]

  • Page 464

    Automated Attendant 434 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Upgrading from the Built-In A utomated Attendant T o upgrade to IntraMail from the Built-In Automated Attendant: 1. Plug the IntraMail CompactFlash card into the system. - See your system’ s Hardwar e Manual for more. 2. Reset the system. IntraMail automatically installs. 3. Rerec[...]

  • Page 465

    Automated Attendant DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 435 IntraMail Features 1. See Dial Action T able (page 465) for more. Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Answer T ables (page 420) Determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each line. Call Routing Mailbox (page 450) The mailbox associated with [...]

  • Page 466

    Automated Attendant, Built-In 436 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Automated Attendant, Built-In Description The Built-In Automated Attendant giv es the system call answering and routing capabilities when IntraMail is not installed. The Built-In Automated Attendant can use an y of the fi rst eight Call Routing Mailboxes (001-008) for cal[...]

  • Page 467

    Automated Attendant, Built-In DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 437 IntraMail Features Upgrading from the Built-In A utomated Attendant T o upgrade to IntraMail from the Built-In Automated Attendant: 1. Plug the IntraMail CompactFlash card into the system. - See your system’ s Hardwar e Manual for more. 2. Reset the system. IntraMail aut[...]

  • Page 468

    Automated Attendant, Built-In 438 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. In 4101-01: V oice Mail T ype (page 863), enter 1 . 2. (Optional) If you want to upgrade the Built-In Automated Attendant to IntraMail: - Plug in the IntraMail CompactFlash Card. - Reset the system. - All system programming (Answer T ables, Dial Action T abl[...]

  • Page 469

    Automated Attendant, Built-In DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 439 IntraMail Features 1. See Dial Action T able (page 465) for more. 1. Set the maximum message length in 4201-02: Incoming Message Length (page 872). - This sets the maximum message length ( 1-4095 seconds) for outside Automated Attendant callers leaving a message or Quick M[...]

  • Page 470

    Automated Attendant, Built-In 440 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Operation Using the Built-In A utomated Attendant For the outside caller: 1. After Automated Attendant answers, the voice prompts will instruct you on which digits to dial. Recording an A utomated Attendant Instruction Men u (Attendant Greeting) Messa ge [Super Display Sof[...]

  • Page 471

    Automated Attendant T ransfer DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 441 IntraMail Features Automated Attendant Transfer Description An extension user can transfer their outside call to the Automated Attendant so the outside caller can use the Automated Attendant dialing options. This helps an outside caller , for example, that wants to return [...]

  • Page 472

    Automatic Routing for Rotary Dial Callers 442 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Automatic Routing for Rotary Dial Callers Description If an Automated Attendant caller doesn’t dial an y digits, IntraMail will automatically route them to a speci- fi ed option (such as the operator or a mailbox). This lets rotary telephone users stay on th[...]

  • Page 473

    Bilingual V oice Prompts DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 443 IntraMail Features Bilingual Voice Prompts Description Bilingual V oice Prompts provides IntraMail voice prompts in one of two acti v e languages (primary and sec- ondary). These language choices are a v ailable to Routing Mailboxes, outside lines, Station Mailboxes, and Group [...]

  • Page 474

    Bilingual V oice Prompts 444 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Conditions • None Default Setting • Primary Language is English mnemonic. • Secondary Language is English numeric. • All mailboxes use the Primary Language. • There are currently no other stored languages available. Programming 1. See How the System Handles Language P[...]

  • Page 475

    Bilingual V oice Prompts DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 445 IntraMail Features 1. In 4221-02: Routing Mailbox V oice Pr ompt Language (page 890), select the prompt language used by calls answered or routed to the Routing Mailbox. The options are: - 1 for Primary Language - 2 for Secondary Language 1. For the Call Routing Mailbox that wi[...]

  • Page 476

    Bilingual V oice Prompts 446 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features T ransfer (page 358) T ransferred outside calls use the language setting of the line. IntraMail Features Log Onto V oice Mail (page 515) When doing a Remote Logon through the Automated Attendant, the caller uses the destination mail- box language[...]

  • Page 477

    Call Forward to a Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 447 IntraMail Features Call Forward to a Mailbox Description A subscriber can easily forward calls to their Subscriber Mailbox. Instead of dialing an extension as the for - warding destination, the user just presses their V -MAIL ke y instead. W ith Call Forward to a Mailbox, the [...]

  • Page 478

    Call Forward to a Mailbox 448 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Conditions • None Default Setting • Call Forwarding is allo wed, but not set up for an y extensions. • Ring No Answer Call Forward occurs after 10 seconds. Programming 1. In 1601-03: Call F orwar d No Answer T imer (page 670), program ho w long an unanswered call will ri[...]

  • Page 479

    Call Forward to a Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 449 IntraMail Features Operation Activating or Canceling Call Forwar d to your Mailbo x In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o activate Call Forwar ding: 1. Select the Call Forwarding options. [Menu + Call Forward] [Menu + Cfwd] Alternately do one [...]

  • Page 480

    Call Routing Mailbox 450 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Call Routing Mailbox Description The Call Routing Mailbox, associated with an Answer T able, speci fi es which dialing options (Dial Action T able) and announcements are av ailable to Automated Attendant callers. By default, IntraMail pro vides 8 Call Routing Mailboxes (1-8). Ho w[...]

  • Page 481

    Call Routing Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 451 IntraMail Features Conditions • None Default Setting • See Description above. Programming 1. In 4221-01: Routing Mailbox T ype (page 890), enter 1 . - Select the Routing Mailbox ( 1-16 ) you want to program. - By default, Call Routing Mailbox es are 1-8 . 1. See Operation belo [...]

  • Page 482

    Call Routing Mailbox 452 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual System Administrator (page 576) The System Administrator can record the Instruction Menu for a Call Routing Mailbox. See Opera- tion belo w . Operation Recording an Instruction Men u f or a Call Routing Mailbo x [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto System Adminis[...]

  • Page 483

    Call Screening DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 453 IntraMail Features Call Screening Description Call Screening allo ws a display keyset e xtension user to listen to (screen) a voice mail message as it is being left in their mailbox. Call Screening emulates a standard home answering machine — in addition to provid- ing more control whe[...]

  • Page 484

    Call Screening 454 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Operation Manual Call Screening Operation In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] • When Automatic Call Screening is off, you hear a single beep and V -MAIL fl ashes fast while IntraMail records your caller’ s message. Y our display automatically changes [...]

  • Page 485

    Call Screening DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 455 IntraMail Features A utomatic Call Screening Operation In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] • When Automatic Call Screening is on, your idle telephone automatically goes into the screen mode while your caller leav es a message. • Call Screening is only [...]

  • Page 486

    Caller ID and V oice Mail 456 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Caller ID and V oice Mail Description Caller ID is a telephone company service that pro vides an extension with a caller’ s number and optional name. W ith Caller ID, the keyset user kno ws who’ s calling before they pick up the call. Caller ID Logging stores a record of t[...]

  • Page 487

    Caller ID and V oice Mail DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 457 IntraMail Features Other Related Features Features Caller ID (page 63) and Caller ID Logging (page 68) Revie w these features for additional information. IntraMail Features Make Call (page 525) An extension user can listen to a v oice message and dial a code to return the call[...]

  • Page 488

    Caller ID with Return Call 458 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Caller ID with Return Call Description A vailable. See Mak e Call (page 525) for more.[...]

  • Page 489

    Calling the Automated Attendant DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 459 IntraMail Features Calling the Automated Attendant Description Automated Attendant callers can use various IntraMail features and then return to the Automated Attendant for additional dialing options. This lets the caller dial other e xtensions, leav e messages for co-wo[...]

  • Page 490

    Centrex T ransfer 460 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Centrex Transfer Description Centrex T ransfer is a Dial Action T able option that can transfer an Automated Attendant call from a Centrex line to an outside number using the features of that Centrex line. W ith Centre x T ransfer , the Automated Attendant answers an outside call and [...]

  • Page 491

    Centrex T ransfer DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 461 IntraMail Features 1. Set the Flash timer for compatibility with the connected Centrex lines. - In 1612-04: PBX/Centr ex Flash T imer (page 686), set the timer for compatibility with the con- nected Centrex service. 2. Set the Pause timer for compatibility with the Centre x T ransfer [...]

  • Page 492

    Conversation Record 462 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Conversation Record Description Con versation Record allo ws a subscriber to record their acti ve call as a ne w message in their mailbox, which they can re vie w later on. Con versation Record can be helpful when an e xtension user is on a call that in volv es a lot of detail (such[...]

  • Page 493

    Conversation Record DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 463 IntraMail Features 1. In 2143-05: Recor ding Con versation Beep (page 771), enter Ye s . - If enabled, all parties on a call being recorded will hear the voice prompt Recor ding followed by a beep when the extension user initiates Con versation Record. If disabled, the voice prompt [...]

  • Page 494

    Conversation Record 464 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual User Programmab le Feature Setting up a Con ver sation Record K ey Feature Mnemonic Operation Access Level V oice Mail #KP (#57) #KP + Press key you want to program + HOLD + Dial 17 + Enter mailbox number or 0 for your o wn mailbox + HOLD + SPEAKER twice to exit. 3-5[...]

  • Page 495

    Dial Action T able DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 465 IntraMail Features Dial Action T able Description The Dial Action T able de fi nes the dialing options for the Call Routing Mailbox chosen by the activ e Answer T able, which in turn provides those dialing options to Automated Attendant callers. IntraMail provides 16 Dial Action T a[...]

  • Page 496

    Dial Action T able 466 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Dial Action T able Options The follo wing table summarizes the Dial Action T able dial (key) actions and their associated features. Conditions • None Default Setting • See Description above. Dial Action T able Key Action Summary Action Description Feature Reference For more, see:[...]

  • Page 497

    Dial Action T able DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 467 IntraMail Features Programming 1. In 4222-01: Dial Action T able (page 891), assign a Dial Action T able ( 1 - 16 ) to each acti ve Call Routing Mailbox. 1. In 4231-Digit Assignment (page 901), customize the Dial Action T able digit assignments as required. The follo wing table shows[...]

  • Page 498

    Dial Action T able 468 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual 1. See Automated Attendant (page 433) for more. 2. In 4222-02: T ime Limit for Dialing Commands (page 891), enter the timeout duration ( 0 - 99 seconds). - By default, Automated Attendant callers hav e 5 seconds to dial commands. 3. If the caller waits too long to dial: - When the as[...]

  • Page 499

    Directory Dialing DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 469 IntraMail Features Directory Dialing Description Directory Dialing allo ws an Automated Attendant caller to reach an extension by dialing the fi rst fe w letters in the extension user’ s name. W ith Directory Dialing, the caller does not have to remember the e xtension number of th[...]

  • Page 500

    Directory Dialing 470 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual 1. See Operation belo w . - The Directory Dialing Message is the Instruction Menu for the Routing Mailbox programmed as a Directory Dialing Mailbox. - By default (without a custom message recorded), the Directory Dialing Message is, “ Please enter one or mor e letters of the person?[...]

  • Page 501

    Directory Dialing DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 471 IntraMail Features Additional Options 1. In yes: - In 4224-08: F ax Detection (page 899), enter Ye s . - This allo ws the Directory Dialing Mailbox to detect fax CNG tone. - In 4224-09: F ax T ransfer Extension (page 900), enter the extension to which the Directory Dialing Mailbox sho[...]

  • Page 502

    Directory Dialing 472 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Operation Recording a Directory Dialing Messa ge [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto System Administrator’ s mailbox. SA (72) Access System Administrator options. [System Admin] - [N/A] I (4) Select Instruction Menus. [Instruction] - [Instr] Enter the Directory D[...]

  • Page 503

    Directory Dialing DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 473 IntraMail Features Dialing Options A v ailable while Entering a Name The follo wing table shows the dialing options a vailable to the caller while the y are entering a name into a Directory Dialing Mailbox. ❥ By default, the caller can dial the digs 2-9 to enter the name or dial # t[...]

  • Page 504

    Directory Dialing 474 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Dialing Options A v ailable when more than one Emplo yee has the Entered Name If the name the caller enters is used by more than one employee, IntraMail lets the caller select the employee to which they w ant to talk. The caller can dial 1, 2 or 3 to select the employee from the fi r[...]

  • Page 505

    Directory Dialing Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 475 IntraMail Features Directory Dialing Mailbox Description A Directory Dialing Mailbox is the Routing Mailbox type required to implement Directory Dialing. See Dir ectory Dialing (page 469) for more on ho w to set up a Directory Dialing Mailbox. Conditions • None Default Setti[...]

  • Page 506

    Erasing All Messages 476 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Erasing All Messages Description The System Administrator can delete all messages in a Subscriber Mailbox. Erasing All Messages is an administrator’ s maintenance tool. The administrator may need to use this tool if an employee has left the company or has an e xcessiv e number of[...]

  • Page 507

    Exiting a Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 477 IntraMail Features Exiting a Mailbox Description A Subscriber Mailbox user can exit their mailbox by dialing a code or by hanging up. After exiting, the sub- scriber can use their extension for normal call processing. Conditions • None Default Setting • Enabled Programming N/A Oth[...]

  • Page 508

    Extension Hunting to V oice Mail 478 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Extension Hunting to V oice Mail Description Extension Hunting to V oice Mail automatically sends calls to an extension’ s mailbox without the user ha ving to set up Call Forwarding. F or example, Extension Hunting to V oice Mail can send unanswered transferred calls [...]

  • Page 509

    Extension Hunting to V oice Mail DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 479 IntraMail Features Extension Hunting to V oice Mail Routing Char ts The follo wing charts show in detail ho w each type of hunting handles incoming calls. Ring No Answer Line (T ype 1) Hunting to V oice Mail Routing Chart Call T ype Extension Idle Extension Busy Extensi[...]

  • Page 510

    Extension Hunting to V oice Mail 480 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Conditions • None Default Setting • Disabled Ring No Answer / Busy All (T ype 3) Hunting to V oice Mail Routing Char t Call T ype Extension Idle Extension Busy Extension in DND Intercom Ringing Intercom call rings for 1601-03: Call F orward No Answer T imer (page 67[...]

  • Page 511

    Extension Hunting to V oice Mail DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 481 IntraMail Features Programming 1. In 2115-01: Hunt T ype (page 746), enter: - 1 for Ring No Answer Line. - 2 for Ring No Answer/Busy Line. - 3 for Ring No Answer/Busy All. - 4 for Busy Line. - Refer to Extension Hunting (page 154) for more. 2. In 2115-01: Hunt Destinati[...]

  • Page 512

    Extension Hunting to V oice Mail 482 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Call F orward to a Mailbox (page 447) A subscriber can forward calls to their mailbox calls don’ t go unanswered when they are una vailable. V oice Mail Over fl ow (page 590) The telephone system can automatical[...]

  • Page 513

    External T ransfer DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 483 IntraMail Features External Transfer Description External T ransfer allo ws an Automated Attendant caller to automatically route to an outside telephone num- ber . T o set this up, assign a Dial Action T able action as a UTRF to a System Speed Dial bin (e.g., #201 + Pause for system [...]

  • Page 514

    External T ransfer 484 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Centr ex T ransfer (page 460) Centrex T ransfer allows the Automated Attendant to transfer a caller o ver a Centrex line using the fea- tures of that Centrex line. Dial Action T able (page 465) External T ransfer uses the acti v[...]

  • Page 515

    Fax Detection DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 485 IntraMail Features Fax Detection Description The Automated Attendant can detect incoming fax calls and transfer them to a fax machine. W ith F ax Detec- tion enabled, after the Automated Attendant answers a call it listens for incoming fax CNG tone. If it detects the tone, it does an unsc[...]

  • Page 516

    Flexible Answering Schedules 486 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Flexible Answering Schedules Description The Automated Attendant can answer outside calls with different announcements and dialing options, depending on the time of day and day of week. For e xample, a company can set up separate schedules for weekdays, e venings, weekends,[...]

  • Page 517

    Flexible Call Routing DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 487 IntraMail Features Flexible Call Routing Description The Automated Attendant can provide outside callers with a wide v ariety of dialing (routing) options. Y ou can customize the announcements and routing options to exactly meet the site requirements. Use Fle xible Call Routing to[...]

  • Page 518

    Flexible Mailbox Numbering Plan 488 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Flexible Mailbox Numbering Plan Description If the telephone system extension numbers are changed or swapped, IntraMail will automatically change the Subscriber Mailbox numbers to match. There is no e xtensiv e reprogramming required. After the swap, all of the subscribe[...]

  • Page 519

    Forced Unscreened T ransfer DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 489 IntraMail Features Forced Unscreened T ransfer Description A Subscriber Mailbox can optionally con vert Automated Attendant Screened T ransfers to Unscreened T ransfers. Enable this option for a mailbox if the subscriber prefers to receiv e all calls sent by the Automated At[...]

  • Page 520

    Getting Recorded Help 490 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Getting Recorded Help Description If a Subscriber Mailbox user dials an incorrect code or forgets what to dial while in their mailbox, the y can request help from the IntraMail voice prompts. Recorded Help pro vides the user with a built-in, interacti ve user’ s guide. T o get r[...]

  • Page 521

    Go to a Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 491 IntraMail Features Go to a Mailbox Description An Automated Attendant caller can dial a digit to route to a Call Routing or Announcement Mailbox. This is called the Go T o (GOT O) action. The GO TO action can route directly to a speci fi c Call Routing or Announcement Mailbox, or allo [...]

  • Page 522

    Go to a Mailbox 492 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. In 4231-Digit Assignment (page 901), assign a GO TO action to an a v ailable key . 1. In 4231-Digit Assignment (page 901), enter the mailbox number in the corresponding Routing option. - For e xample, to hav e key 1 go to Call Routing Mailbox 1, for k ey 1 enter GO T O fo[...]

  • Page 523

    Greeting DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 493 IntraMail Features Greeting Description A Subscriber Mailbox user can record a personalized greeting for their mailbox. Caller’ s to the user’ s mail- box hear the prerecorded personalized greeting rather than a default message. The greeting can announce the subscriber’ s name, provide a[...]

  • Page 524

    Greeting 494 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. In 4201-01: Outgoing Messa ge Length (page 871), set the maximum length of Subscriber Mailbox greet- ings ( 1 - 4095 seconds). Enabling Remote Greeting 1. In 4231-Digit Assignment (page 901), assign a LOGON action to an a vailable k ey . 1. In 4231-Digit Assignment (page 901), e[...]

  • Page 525

    Greeting DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 495 IntraMail Features Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb (page 427) Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb sends Automated Attendant calls directly to a subscriber’ s mailbox. Their phone will not ring for calls from the Automated Attendant. Dial Action[...]

  • Page 526

    Greeting 496 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Operation Recording a Multiple Greeting and Setting Up A uto Attendant Do Not Disturb [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto Subscriber Mailbox. G (4) Access the Mailbox Greeting options. [Greeting] - [Greet] IntraMail does the following: • Plays a summary of your current se[...]

  • Page 527

    Group Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 497 IntraMail Features Group Mailbox Description Ring Group Mailbo x Group (Shared) Mailbo x A Group Mailbox is a Ring Group Mailbox shared by a group of co-workers. It is normally a Subscriber Mailbox. If a caller leav es a message at any e xtension within the group that shares the mailbox, [...]

  • Page 528

    Group Mailbox 498 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual ❥ If the Group Mailbox user presses V -MAIL , they are asked to enter their mailbox number . After entering the number , they hear , “ That mailbox does not exist. ” ❥ An Automated Attendant caller attempting to leav e a Quick Message or do a Remote Logon at an exten- sion assigne[...]

  • Page 529

    Group Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 499 IntraMail Features Programming Programming a Ring Gr oup Mailbo x 1. In 2113-02: Ring Gr oup (page 738), assign the extension to a Ring Group ( 1 - 8 ). - The Ring Group assignment determines which Ring Group Mailbox the system uses as the exten- sion’ s Group Mailbox. ✔ By default, t[...]

  • Page 530

    Group Mailbox 500 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual - In 2213-02: Auto Er ase/Save of Messages (page 784), set the auto sav e option for ne w messages ( 1 for Auto Save or 2 for Auto Erase). - Revie w A uto Erase or Save (page 429) for more. 3. For Auto Time Stamp: - In 2213-03: Auto T ime Stamp (page 785), enable ( Ye s ) or disable ( No [...]

  • Page 531

    Group Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 501 IntraMail Features Programming a UCD Gr oup Mailbo x 1. T urn to Extension Hunting (page 154) for more on setting up UCD Hunting. 1. For a Subscriber Mailbox: - In 2311-01: UCD Gr oup Mailbox T ype (page 793), enter 1 and go to step 3 . 2. For a Routing Mailbox: - In 2311-01: UCD Gr oup M[...]

  • Page 532

    Group Mailbox 502 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual - Revie w Messag e Storag e Limit (page 548) for more. 10. For Message W aiting Lamp: - In 2313-04: Message W aiting Lamp (page 797), enable ( Ye s ) Message W aiting lamping at the extensions sharing the Group Mailbox. - Re view Messa ge W aiting Lamp (page 549) for more. 11. For Ne xt C[...]

  • Page 533

    Guest Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 503 IntraMail Features Guest Mailbox Description An outside party can ha ve their o wn Guest Mailbox mailbox for recei ving and sending messages. A Guest Mail- box is a Subscriber Mailbox that does not hav e an extension associated with it. A Guest Mailbox has man y of the IntraMail features [...]

  • Page 534

    Guest Mailbox 504 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual • A Subscriber Mailbox user cannot use Make Call to return a call left by a Guest Mailbox, since the Guest Mailbox does not hav e an associated extension. Main Menu (page 523) The Main Menu provides assess to the features a vailable to a Guest Mailbox. Message Listen Mode (page 534) Set[...]

  • Page 535

    Guest Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 505 IntraMail Features Operation Accessing a Guest Mailbo x T o log onto a Guest Mailbo x: 1. Do one of the follo wing. a. Press INTERCOM + Dial the IntraMail master number (e.g., 700) + Dial your mailbox number . • Y ou can optionally press a Call Cov erage ke y assigned to the IntraMail m[...]

  • Page 536

    Hang Up 506 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Hang Up Description Hang Up is an Automated Attendant option that immediately hangs up the outside call. When setting up a Dial Action T able, you may want to use Hang Up for unused actions (rather than the caller hearing the stan- dard error message). Y ou might also want to use the Hang Up ac[...]

  • Page 537

    Instruction Menu DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 507 IntraMail Features Instruction Menu Description The Instruction Menu is the announcement that plays to Automated Attendant callers. Normally , the Instruc- tion Menu greets callers and provides them with the Automated Attendant dialing options. The Instruction Menu is associated with t[...]

  • Page 538

    Instruction Menu 508 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Operation Recording an Instruction Men u f or a Call Routing Mailbo x [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto System Administrator’ s mailbox. SA (72) Access System Administrator options. [System Admin] - [N/A] I (4) Select Instruction Menus. [Instruction] - [Instr] E[...]

  • Page 539

    Leaving a Message DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 509 IntraMail Features Leaving a Message Description An extension user or outside caller can lea ve a v oice message in a co-worker’ s mailbox if that extension is busy , unanswered, or in Do Not Disturb . Lea ving a voice message is a handy and ef fi cient way to communi- cate with co[...]

  • Page 540

    Leaving a Message 510 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. In 4201-02: Incoming Message Length (page 872), enter the maximum length of a message a caller can leav e in a Subscriber Mailbox ( 1 - 4095 seconds). Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Next Call Routing Mailbox (page 552) The Next Call Routing Mail[...]

  • Page 541

    Leaving a Message DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 511 IntraMail Features Operation Leaving a Messa ge for a Co-w orker T o leave a messa ge in the mailbox of an unans wered extension: 1. Press V -MAIL . 2. Do one of the follo wing. a. Leav e message and hang up. b. Leav e message and dial # . • Dialing # sends the message and hangs up.[...]

  • Page 542

    Listening to Messages 512 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Listening to Messages Description While or after listening to a message, a Subscriber Mailbox user has many message handling options from which to choose. The listening options let you quickly and ef fi ciently manage your v oice mail messages, respond to the message sender , or [...]

  • Page 543

    Listening to Messages DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 513 IntraMail Features Handling P artially Reviewed Messa ges When listening to multiple ne w messages when A uto Erase or Save is set to Sa ve : ❥ Any message to which you partially listen is automatically sa ved. ❥ Any message to which you hang up during or do not listen is reta[...]

  • Page 544

    Listening to Messages 514 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual 22-Button and 34-Button Displa y Conditions • None Default Setting • Enabled Programming 1. In 4201-03: Message Bac kup/Go Ahead T ime (page 872) , set the Backup/Go Ahead T ime ( 1 - 60 seconds). - This interval sets ho w far IntraMail backs up when a mailbox user dials B whi[...]

  • Page 545

    Log Onto V oice Mail DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 515 IntraMail Features Log Onto V oice Mail Description A subscriber can log onto their mailbox using a method that best suits their needs and location. While at their own phone, the subscriber just presses a single k ey to log onto their mailbox. T o use their mailbox while at a co-wo[...]

  • Page 546

    Log Onto V oice Mail 516 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Programming Remotely Log ging Onto a Mailbox Thr ough the A utomated Attendant 1. In 4231-Digit Assignment (page 901), assign a LOGON action to an a vailable k ey . 1. In 4231-Digit Assignment (page 901), enter the mailbo x number in the corresponding Routing option. - For e xample[...]

  • Page 547

    Log Onto V oice Mail DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 517 IntraMail Features Guest Mailbox (page 503) A guest can log onto their mailbox by dialing the IntraMail master number follo wed by the Guest Mailbox number . Security Code (page 570) T o av oid unauthorized access to their mailbox (particularly with Remote Log On), the user should [...]

  • Page 548

    Mailbox Name 518 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Mailbox Name Description A caller leaving a message in a Subscriber Mailbox can hear the mailbox’ s prerecorded name instead of the mailbox number . The prerecorded Mailbox Name giv es the subscriber’ s mailbox that personal touch. Prior to leaving a message, caller’ s will hear the [...]

  • Page 549

    Mailbox Name DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 519 IntraMail Features # Go back to the Mailbox Main Menu. [Exit] - [Exit] 0 Plays Help message. Recording or Erasing Co-w orker’ s Names from a System Administrator’ s Mailbo x [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto System Administrator’ s Mailbox. SA (72) Access System[...]

  • Page 550

    Mailbox Options Menu 520 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Mailbox Options Menu Description The Mailbox Options Menu is a sub-menu of a subscriber’ s Main Menu that provides access to the Auto T ime Stamp, Mailbox Security Code Delete, and Message Noti fi cation features. The chart belo w summa- rizes these options. Auto T ime Stamp hel[...]

  • Page 551

    Mailbox Options Menu DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 521 IntraMail Features Operation Accessing the Mailbo x Options Menu [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto Subscriber Mailbox. OP (67) Access the Mailbox Options Menu. [MBO X Options] - [N/A] 0 Plays Help message.[...]

  • Page 552

    Mailbox Security Code Delete 522 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Mailbox Security Code Delete Description The System Administrator can delete the security code for an y Subscriber Mailbox. This ef fectiv ely unlocks the mailbox. If mailbox security is not necessary , deleting a mailbox’ s security code speeds up mailbox logon. W ithout[...]

  • Page 553

    Main Menu DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 523 IntraMail Features Main Menu Description After a Subscriber Mailbox user logs into their mailbox, IntraMail provides them with the Main Menu of options. The Main Menu pro vides quick access to the most commonly used mailbox features in a central location. It includes listening and recording o[...]

  • Page 554

    Main Menu 524 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Programming No additional programming required. Other Related Features See the Mailbox Main Menu chart abov e. Operation Accessing the Mailbo x Main Menu [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto Subscriber Mailbox. • Y ou automatically go to the mailbox Main Menu. 0 Plays Hel[...]

  • Page 555

    Make Call DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 525 IntraMail Features Make Call Description Make Call lets a Subscriber Mailbox user listen to a v oice message and dial MC to return the call without knowing their caller’ s phone number . Mak e Call automates returning messages since you don’t ha ve to dial the message sender’ s telephon[...]

  • Page 556

    Make Call 526 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual 1. In 3103-04: T andem Calls (page 816), enter Ye s to enable T andem Calls. - Enable this option for either the inbound or outbound lines (or both). Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Caller ID and V oice Mail (page 456) Make Call for outside calls is a vailable only if [...]

  • Page 557

    Master Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 527 IntraMail Features Master Mailbox Description See Gr oup Mailbox (page 497).[...]

  • Page 558

    Message Count Display 528 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Message Count Display Description The telephone display provides interacti ve status updates for the subscriber’ s mailbox. The subscriber doesn’t ha ve to call their mailbox and w ait for the voice prompts to fi nd out the number of ne w and sav ed messages in their mailbox.[...]

  • Page 559

    Message Count Display DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 529 IntraMail Features Conditions • None Default Setting • Enabled Programming No additional programming required. Other Related Features N/A Operation Operation is automatic. While Logged-in One sav ed message waiting in the Subscriber Mailbox One new message w aiting in the Subs[...]

  • Page 560

    Message Delete 530 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Message Delete Description A Subscriber Mailbox user can delete any messages left in their mailbox. Message Delete lets the subscriber do their own mailbox maintenance. They can delete messages the y no longer need and sav e messages that contain essential information. W ith Message Dele[...]

  • Page 561

    Message Forward DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 531 IntraMail Features Message Forward Description A Subscriber Mailbox user can forward a message in their mailbox to a co-work er . F orwarding is helpful when a subscriber receiv es a message with which a co-worker can assist them. Rather than sending a ne w message, the subscriber can j[...]

  • Page 562

    Message Forward 532 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Operation Forwarding a Messa ge [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto Subscriber Mailbox. L (5) Access the Message Listen mode and listen to the message that you want to forward. [Listen] - [Lstn] MF (63) Access the Message Forw ard Menu. [Forward] - [N/A] Enter the nu[...]

  • Page 563

    Message Length DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 533 IntraMail Features Message Length Description Y ou can set the maximum length of a message that can be left in a Subscriber Mailbox. When a caller tries to leav e a message that exceeds the limit, the y hear , “ Y ou have reac hed the r ecor ding limit. ” IntraMail sends the portion [...]

  • Page 564

    Message Listen Mode 534 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Message Listen Mode Description After logging onto their mailbox, the subscriber can select the category of messages to which the y want to listen. Then can listen to just ne w messages, just sa ved messages, or all messages. Message Listen Mode lets the subscriber customize their m[...]

  • Page 565

    Message Notification DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 535 IntraMail Features Message Noti fi cation Description Once activ ated by the Subscriber Mailbox user , Message Noti fi cation dials a telephone number to let the user kno w when there are new messages in their mailbox. When Message Noti fi cation is on, a subscriber who is out [...]

  • Page 566

    Message Notification 536 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual - If the pager service doesn’t answer , IntraMail will retry the callout number . Message Noti fi cation may ev entually cancel if the callout remains unackno wledged. Conditions • None Default Setting • Disabled Programming Programming that Applies to All T ypes of Message[...]

  • Page 567

    Message Notification DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 537 IntraMail Features Unique Programming f or Non-pager Message Noti fi cation 1. In 4202-01: W ait Between Non-P ager Callout Attempts (page 873), s et the minimum time ( 1 - 255 min- utes) between non-pager Message Noti fi cation callouts. This occurs when: - The destination answ[...]

  • Page 568

    Message Notification 538 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Unique Programming f or Digital P ager Message Noti fi cation 1. In 4202-08: Digital P ager Callbac k Number (page 877), set the Digital P ag er Callback Number portion of the Message Noti fi cation callout number for a digital pager . - This is the portion of the callout number[...]

  • Page 569

    Message Notification DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 539 IntraMail Features Operation Setting Up Message Noti fi cation (P age 1 of 2) [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto Subscriber Mailbox. OP (67) Access the Mailbox Options menu. [Mbox Options] - [N/A] N (6) Access the Message Noti fi cation Options Menu. [Noti ?[...]

  • Page 570

    Message Notification 540 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual D (3) The noti fi cation destination is a digital pager . [Pa ger] - [Pager] * Skip this option without changing your entry . [Next] - [Next] # Back up to the pre vious lev el without changing your entry . [Exit] - [Exit] When you see: Number Enter the Message Noti fi cation cal[...]

  • Page 571

    Message On Hold DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 541 IntraMail Features Message On Hold Description Message On Hold allo ws the System Administrator to record a message that will play to callers while the y wait on Hold. F or example, you can record a message summarizing a vailable services or hours of operation. This message will play to[...]

  • Page 572

    Message On Hold 542 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Operation Recording the Messa ge On Hold [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto System Administrator’ s mailbox. SA (72) Access System Administrator options. [System Admin] - [N/A] 1 Select Message On Hold. [Message On Hold] - [N/A] L (5) Listen to the current Message[...]

  • Page 573

    Message Playback Direction DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 543 IntraMail Features Message Playback Direction Description When a user dials L (5) after logging into their mailbox, IntraMail will play their messages in either LIFO (last-in- fi rst-out) or FIFO ( fi rst-in- fi rst-out) order . Since Message Playback Direction lets a subs[...]

  • Page 574

    Message Record 544 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Message Record Description See Recor d and Send a Message (page 562) for more.[...]

  • Page 575

    Message Reply DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 545 IntraMail Features Message Reply Description A Subscriber Mailbox user can reply to a message from a co-worker by dialing RE , without knowing the caller’ s extension or mailbox number . Message Reply sa ves the subscriber v aluable time since they don’ t need to kno w the sender’ s[...]

  • Page 576

    Message Reply 546 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Operation Message Reply [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto Subscriber Mailbox. L (5) Listen to your messages. [Listen] - [Lstn] While listening to a message. RE (73) Reply to the message. [Reply] - [N/A] • If the mailbox does not exist, you will be prompted to enter[...]

  • Page 577

    Message Retention DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 547 IntraMail Features Message Retention Description IntraMail will sav e a Subscriber Mailbox’ s ne w or sa ved messages for the Message Retention interv al and then delete them. Y ou’ll fi nd Message Retention to be an in v aluable tool for managing IntraMail’ s voice message sto[...]

  • Page 578

    Message Storage Limit 548 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Message Storage Limit Description Message Storage Limit sets how man y messages can be left in a Subscriber Mailbox. Message Storage Limit is another in v aluable tool for managing IntraMail’ s v oice message storage space. T o conserve storage space and make it a vailable for n[...]

  • Page 579

    Message W aiting Lamp DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 549 IntraMail Features Message Waiting Lamp Description An extension’ s Ring/Message Lamp fl ashes on the telephone to indicate that the user has new messages waiting in their mailbox. Once IntraMail is properly installed and programmed, telephone Ring/Message Lamp operation is aut[...]

  • Page 580

    Multiple Company Greetings 550 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Multiple Company Greetings Description The Automated Attendant can answer each individual line with a unique greeting and unique set of dialing options. Since there are a total of 8 Answer T ables, this allows up to 8 companies or departments to share a single IntraMail. Call[...]

  • Page 581

    Multiple Company Greetings DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 551 IntraMail Features Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Answer T ables (page 420) Determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each line. Automated Attendant (page 433) The Automated Attendant can automatically answer the telephone system[...]

  • Page 582

    Next Call Routing Mailbox 552 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Next Call Routing Mailbox Description The Next Call Routing Mailbox pro vides callers with additional dialing options while listening to a Sub- scriber Mailbox recorded or default greeting. It also pro vides additional dialing options to callers routed to an Announcement Mailb[...]

  • Page 583

    Next Call Routing Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 553 IntraMail Features Logging Onto a Subscriber Mailbo x while Listening to the Greeting A subscriber who wishes to log onto their mailbox while listening to their greeting must hav e the option set in their Next Call Routing Mailbox. T o allow this capability , for example: ❥ [...]

  • Page 584

    Next Call Routing Mailbox 554 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Announcement Mailbo x Options The follo wing charts show ho w an Announcement Mailbox handles Automated Attendant calls. ■ The fi rst chart explains what happens when the outside call is directly answered by the Announcement Mailbox. This happens when the Answer T able uses[...]

  • Page 585

    Next Call Routing Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 555 IntraMail Features Routed Announcement Mailbo x Routing (P age 1 of 2) (If the outside caller routes to the Announcement Mailbox from a Call Routing Mailbo x) 4223-03: Next Call Routing Mailbox 4223-01: Repeat Count 4223-02: Hang Up After Action Unde fi ned 0 (No repeats) No [...]

  • Page 586

    Next Call Routing Mailbox 556 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Conditions • None Default Setting • Subscriber Mailbox Next Call Routing Mailbox = 1 Dial Option = None • Announcement Mailbox Next Call Routing Mailbox = None (0) 1-16 (valid Call Routing Mail- box) x (x number of repeats) No • If caller doesn’ t dial, the y hear th[...]

  • Page 587

    Next Call Routing Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 557 IntraMail Features Programming Programming Subscriber Mailbo xes 1. In 2144-04: Next Call Routing Mailbox (page 774), specify the Routing Mailbox ( 1-16 ) that should pro- vide the caller leaving a message with additional dialing options. 1. In 2144-03: Dialing Option (page 77[...]

  • Page 588

    Programming V oice Mail 558 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Programming Voice Mail Description Y ou program (customize) IntraMail by using the DSX telephone programming or the W indows TM -based DSX System Administrator PC Program running on a PC or laptop. Y ou can also do limited programming from the System Administrator’ s mailbox. [...]

  • Page 589

    Programming V oice Mail DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 559 IntraMail Features Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Remote Pr ogr amming (page 564) IntraMail programming is av ailable remotely via the System Administrator PC program. System Administrator (page 576) The System Administrator can do limited IntraMail prog[...]

  • Page 590

    Quick Message 560 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Quick Message Description Quick Message is a Dial Action T able action that allo ws Automated Attendant callers to dial a digit (normally *) follo wed by a mailbox number to lea ve a message in a Subscriber Mailbox. Since Quick Message is enabled by default, it is an ef fi cient way for [...]

  • Page 591

    Quick Message DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 561 IntraMail Features 1. In 4201-02: Incoming Message Length (page 872), set the maximum length ( 1 - 1045 seconds) for Auto- mated Attendant callers leaving a Quick Message in a Subscriber Mailbox. Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Dial Action T able (page 465) Once th[...]

  • Page 592

    Record and Send a Message 562 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Record and Send a Message Description A Subscriber Mailbox user can record and send a message to any other Subscriber Mailbox. Record and Send a Message is the heart of IntraMail’ s voice messaging system. It allows co-w orkers to ef fi ciently stay in touch and exchange es[...]

  • Page 593

    Record and Send a Message DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 563 IntraMail Features Operation Record and Send a Messa ge [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto Subscriber Mailbox. RS (77) Record and send a message. [Record] - [Rec] Enter the number of the mailbox to receiv e the message. # Continue. [Continue] - [Cont] Opti[...]

  • Page 594

    Remote Programming 564 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Remote Programming Description Y ou can remotely program IntraMail by using the W indo ws TM -based DSX System Administrator PC Program running on a PC or laptop. After the initial installation, Remote Programming allo ws you to customize IntraMail to meet the customer’ s requireme[...]

  • Page 595

    Remote Programming DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 565 IntraMail Features Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Pr ogr amming V oice Mail (page 558) Customize IntraMail using the embedded telephone programming or the separately av ailable System Administrator PC program. Operation See the DSX PC Pr ogr am User Guide .[...]

  • Page 596

    Routing Mailbox 566 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Routing Mailbox Description Routing Mailboxes are a cate gory of mailboxes normally used to route Automated Attendant calls. A Rout- ing Mailbox can be an Announcement Mailbox, a Call Routing Mailbox, or a Directory Dialing Mailbox. See the follo wing for more on each of Routing Mailbox[...]

  • Page 597

    Screened T ransfer DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 567 IntraMail Features Screened Transfer Description Screened T ransfer is an Automated Attendant option that allo ws callers to directly dial system extensions. Screened T ransfer (and its related feature Unscreened T ransfer) allows the IntraMail Automated Attendant to transfer outside[...]

  • Page 598

    Screened T ransfer 568 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Conditions • None Default Setting • No Screened T ransfer actions assigned. Screened T ransfer (STRF) Operation • Call = Call answered by the Automated Attendant. • Extension = Extension dialed by Automated Attendant caller . If Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb is off (see page [...]

  • Page 599

    Screened T ransfer DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 569 IntraMail Features Programming 1. In 4231-Digit Assignment (page 901), enter 1 to assign an av ailable ke y for Screened T ransfer (STRF). 2. Normally , the corresponding Routing option should be XXX. Note that the key you choose for this action is the fi rst digit of the called ext[...]

  • Page 600

    Security Code 570 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Security Code Description A mailbox can hav e a security code to protect it from unauthorized access. A Security Code must be 4 digits long, using 0-9. If a subscriber wants to keep their mailbox pri v ate, they can enter a Security Code. No one else can use the subscriber’ s mailbox un[...]

  • Page 601

    Security Code DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 571 IntraMail Features Deleting a Security Code (Fr om your System Administrator’ s Mailbox) [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto System Administrator’ s mailbox. SA (72) Access System Administrator options. [System Admin] - [N/A] S (7) Select Subscriber Mailbox Mainten[...]

  • Page 602

    Single Digit Dialing 572 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Single Digit Dialing Description An Automated Attendant caller can press a single k ey to route to an e xtension, route to another destination, or use an IntraMail feature. Single Digit Dialing simpli fi es the Automated Attendant since the caller just dials a single digit to reac[...]

  • Page 603

    Single Digit Dialing DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 573 IntraMail Features Programming Refer to the Dial Action T able K ey Action Summary (page 466) for more. Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Instruction Menu (page 507) The activ e Instruction Menu should describe the Single Digit Dialing options. Also refer to t[...]

  • Page 604

    Subscriber Mailbox 574 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Subscriber Mailbox Description A Subscriber Mailbox is the type of mailbox assigned to a telephone system e xtension. The telephone assigned to the Subscriber Mailbox is called the subscriber’ s extension. When an extension user accesses their voice mail, the y are using their Subs[...]

  • Page 605

    Subscriber Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 575 IntraMail Features Con versation Recor d (page 462) Enable or disable the Con versation Record beep for the Subscriber Mailbox. Gr eeting (page 493) A Subscriber Mailbox user can record a personalized greeting for their mailbox. Callers to the user’ s mailbox hear the prerecorded p[...]

  • Page 606

    System Administrator 576 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual System Administrator Description The System Administrator is a Subscriber Mailbox that has unique system administration features such as recording Instruction Menus and deleting messages in a co-worker’ s mailbox. The System Administrator features are an essential part of IntraMa[...]

  • Page 607

    System Administrator DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 577 IntraMail Features Programming 1. In 2142-03: System Administr ator (page 767), enter Ye s . Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Subscriber Mailbox (page 574) Only a Subscriber Mailbox can be a System Administrator . Operation Refer to the indi vidual features r[...]

  • Page 608

    System Administrator Mailbox 578 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual System Administrator Mailbox Description A System Administrator Mailbox is a Subscriber Mailbox in which you ha ve enabled the System Administra- tor option. This pro vides the subscriber with system administration capabilities. IntraMail can have multiple System Administra[...]

  • Page 609

    System Reinitialization DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 579 IntraMail Features System Reinitialization Description Initializing the telephone system automatically initializes all IntraMail programming. Y ou may want to do this if the site requirements signi fi cantly change and it is easier to start ov er from default than remov e all y[...]

  • Page 610

    T ime and Date with V oice Mail 580 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Time and Date with V oice Mail Description Since IntraMail is completely integrated with the telephone system softw are, the IntraMail time and date is the same as the phone system time and date. Since time and date is used on telephone displays and with the Auto T ime S[...]

  • Page 611

    T ime and Date Stamp DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 581 IntraMail Features Time and Date Stamp Description While listening to a message, a Subscriber Mailbox user can dial TI to hear the T ime and Date the message was left. This is a handy option while revie wing messages. The subscriber can just dial a code to fi nd out when the messa[...]

  • Page 612

    T ime and Date Stamp 582 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Operation Hearing the Time and Date a Message was Left [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto Subscriber Mailbox. L (5) Access the Message Listen mode. [Listen] - [Lstn] TI (84) Hear the time and date the message was sent. • Turn to Listening to Messa ges (page 5[...]

  • Page 613

    T ransfer to a Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 583 IntraMail Features Transfer to a Mailbox Description An extension user can transfer their acti ve call to a co-w orker’ s mailbox. This lets the caller leav e a personal message for the co-worker . T ransfer to a Mailbox is one of the big con v eniences of IntraMail since the c[...]

  • Page 614

    T ransfer to a Mailbox 584 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Operation T ransferring Calls to a Mailbo x In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o T ransfer y our active call to a mailbo x: Method A (Ring fi rst, then T ransfer) 1. Press TRANSFER . 2. Dial the number of the mailbox to receiv e the T ransfer .[...]

  • Page 615

    T ransfer to a UCD Group DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 585 IntraMail Features Transfer to a UCD Group Description The Automated Attendant can transfer outside callers to a UCD Group master number . If a customer has a UCD Group set up for a department (such as Sales or T ech Service), the Automated Attendant can send calls directly to [...]

  • Page 616

    Undefined Routing 586 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Unde fi ned Routing Description An Automated Attendant Unde fi ned Routing is a Dial Action T able ke y assignment for which there is no routing de fi ned. When an Automated Attendant caller dials a digit and there is no routing assigned, IntraMail plays, “ That is an in valid e[...]

  • Page 617

    Unscreened T ransfer DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 587 IntraMail Features Unscreened Transfer Description Unscreened T ransfer is an Automated Attendant option that allows callers to directly dial system e xten- sions. Unscreened T ransfer (and its related feature Screened T ransfer) allo ws the IntraMail Automated Attendant to transfe[...]

  • Page 618

    Unscreened T ransfer 588 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Conditions • None Default Setting • Dial Action T able 1 digits 3 and 4 are UTRFs to XXX (caller-dialed extension). Programming 1. In 4231-Digit Assignment (page 901), enter 2 to assign an av ailable ke y for Unscreened T ransfer (UTRF). 2. Normally , the corresponding Routing [...]

  • Page 619

    Unscreened T ransfer DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 589 IntraMail Features Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Answer T ables (page 420) Determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each line. Automated Attendant (page 433) The Answer T able determines how the Automated Attendant answers calls. Cal[...]

  • Page 620

    V oice Mail Overflow 590 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Voice Mail Over fl ow Description The telephone system can automatically reroute unanswered outside calls to the IntraMail Automated Atten- dant. V oice Mail Over fl ow ensures that IntraMail will pick up calls that don’ t go through. This allo ws callers to leav e a message r[...]

  • Page 621

    V oice Mail Overflow DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 591 IntraMail Features Setting Up UCD Group Over fl ow 1. See Gr oup Mailbox (page 497). Setting Up Ring Group Over fl ow 1. See Gr oup Mailbox (page 497). Setting Up DIL Over fl ow 1. In 3112-02: Enable Day Over fl ow (page 819), enter Ye s to activ ate ov er fl ow during the da[...]

  • Page 622

    V oice Mail Overflow 592 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Answer T ables (page 420) Determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each line. Automated Attendant (page 433) The Answer T able determines how the Automated Attendant answers calls. Call Routing Mailbox [...]

  • Page 623

    V oice Prompting Messages DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 593 IntraMail Features Voice Prompting Messages Description IntraMail provides the telephone system with V oice Prompting Messages which tell the extension user the status or progress of their call. For e xample, if an extension user calls a co-work er while their extension is in [...]

  • Page 624

    V olume Control with V oice Mail 594 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Volume Control with Voice Mail Description Since IntraMail is completely inte grated with the telephone system softw are, V olume Control is a v ailable at a subscriber’ s keyset an y time while listening to a message, greeting, or prerecorded v oice prompt. V olume C[...]

  • Page 625

    10xx-Configuration 100x-System 1001-V ersion DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 595 System 1001-1702 System Options: 1001-1702 10xx-Con fi guration 100x-System 1001-Version Description Use this program to check the system type, the system’ s software version number , and version number of the embedded DSP . Options 1001-01: Syste[...]

  • Page 626

    10xx-Configuration 100x-System 1001-V ersion 596 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1001-03: DSP V ersion (DSP V ersion) Use this option to display the version of the embedded DSP softw are. This is a fi xed option which you can- not modify . F eatur es • None IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • N/A Default • N/A[...]

  • Page 627

    10xx-Configuration 101x-ID 1011-Name DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 597 System 1001-1702 101x-ID 1011-Name Description Use this program to enter the system name and telephone number . Options 1011-01: System Name (System Name) Use this option to enter the site name (up to 18 characters). Use the Name Pr ogr amming Chart (page 59[...]

  • Page 628

    10xx-Configuration 101x-ID 1011-Name 598 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Name Programming Chart Name Programming Chart Press a key the indicated number of times f or desired character Key 1 Time 2 Times 3 Times 4 Times 5 Times 6 Times 7 Times 8 Times 9 Times 1 &- / ‘ 1 2 ABC a b c 2 3 DE F d e f 3 4 GH I g h i 4 5 JK L j k [...]

  • Page 629

    10xx-Configuration 102x-T ime 1021-Set Time and Date DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 599 System 1001-1702 102x-Time 1021-Set Time and Date Description Use this program to set the system time and date. Options 1021-01: System Time (Time) Use this option to set the system time. Enter data using the 24-hour format HH:MM:SS. For e xa[...]

  • Page 630

    10xx-Configuration 102x-T ime 1022-Daylight Sa vings Time 600 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1022-Daylight Savings Time Description Use this program to set the Automatic Daylight Savings T ime option. Options 1022-01: A utomatic Da ylight Savings Time Setting (A uto D.S.T .) Use this option to enable or disable automatic Dayligh[...]

  • Page 631

    10xx-Configuration 102x-T ime 1023-Internet (Network Time Server [NTS]) DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 601 System 1001-1702 1023-Internet (Network Time Server [NTS]) Description Use this program to specify the Network T ime Server (NTS). Options 1023-01: Netw ork Time Ser ver Name (Server Name) Use this option to enter the IP ad[...]

  • Page 632

    10xx-Configuration 103x-Programming 1031-P assw ord Entry 602 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 103x-Programming 1031-Password Entry Description Use the program to customize the system passwords. Options 1031-01: New P asswor d (New P assw ord) Use this option to change the system passwords. The table below sho ws the default syste[...]

  • Page 633

    11xx-CPU 110x-I/O 1101-RS232 Settings DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 603 System 1001-1702 11xx-CPU 110x-I/O 1101-RS232 Settings Description Use this program to specify the baud rate of the system’ s serial port, as well as indicate when an external modem is connected to the system. Options 1101-01: Baud Rate (Baud Rate) Use thi[...]

  • Page 634

    11xx-CPU 110x-I/O 1102-Modem Settings 604 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1102-Modem Settings Description TBD Options TBD[...]

  • Page 635

    11xx-CPU 110x-I/O 1103-USB Settings DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 605 System 1001-1702 1103-USB Settings Description TBD Options TBD[...]

  • Page 636

    11xx-CPU 110x-I/O 1104-Ethernet Setup 606 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1104-Ethernet Setup Description Use this program to set the DSX system’ s IP address, subnet mask, and default gatew ay . Options 1104-01: System IP Address (IP Addr) Use this option to set the DSX system’ s IP address. Y ou must set the IP address if yo[...]

  • Page 637

    11xx-CPU 110x-I/O 1104-Ethernet Setup DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 607 System 1001-1702 IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • Digits using 0-9, 12 max. in the format xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx Default • 255.255.255.0 1104-03: Default Gatewa y (Default Gatewa y) The gate way address is the address in the site router to which all outb[...]

  • Page 638

    11xx-CPU 111x-T ones 1111-DTMF Setup 608 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 111x-Tones 1111-DTMF Setup Description Use this program to set the DTMF durations for manual and Speed Dial calls. Options 1111-01: Manual DTMF T one On (Man DTMF On) Use this option to set the duration of DTMF digits for outside calls manually dialed by an e[...]

  • Page 639

    11xx-CPU 111x-T ones 1111-DTMF Setup DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 609 System 1001-1702 Default • 100 mS[...]

  • Page 640

    11xx-CPU 111x-T ones 1111-DTMF Setup 610 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1111-04: Speed Dial DTMF T one Off (SPD DTMF Off) Use this option to set the duration the quiet time between DTMF digits for Speed Dial outside calls automat- ically dialed by the system. Set this timer for compatibility with the connected telco or PBX/Centre[...]

  • Page 641

    12xx-Slots 120x-Stations 1201-T ype (Station Card T ype) DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 611 System 1001-1702 12xx-Slots 120x-Stations 1201-Type (Station Card Type) Description This program allo ws you to set the type for each station PCB plugged into your system. Options 1201-01: Car d T ype (Card T ype) Use this option to de fi[...]

  • Page 642

    12xx-Slots 120x-Stations 1202-P orts (Primary Station Ports) 612 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1202-Ports (Primary Station Ports) Description Use this program to customize the system’ s primary station port assignments. Options 1202-01: Primary Station P ort Assignment (xx P ort xx Station) Use this option to associate physica[...]

  • Page 643

    12xx-Slots 120x-Stations 1203-Secondary Station P or ts DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 613 System 1001-1702 1203-Secondary Station Ports Description Use this program to customize the system’ s secondary station port assignments. This is only required when installing a Digital V ANGARD voice mail. Options 1203-01: Secondary Stat[...]

  • Page 644

    12xx-Slots 121x-Lines 1211-Lines (Line Card T ype) 614 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 121x-Lines 1211-Lines (Line Card T ype) Description This program allo ws you to set the type for each line PCB plugged into your system. Options 1211-01: Car d T ype (Card T ype) Use this option to de fi ne the type of line PCB plugged into eac[...]

  • Page 645

    12xx-Slots 121x-Lines 1212-P orts DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 615 System 1001-1702 1212-Ports Description Use this program to customize the system’ s line port assignments. Options 1212-01: Line P ort Assignment (xx P ort xx Station) Use this option to associate physical (hardware) line ports with softw are line ports. If yo[...]

  • Page 646

    12xx-Slots 121x-Lines 1213-T1/E1 Card Setup 616 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1213-T1/E1 Card Setup Description Use this program to set up the parameters of the T1/E1 PCBs. Options 1213-01: Number of PCM Channels (# PCM Channels) Use this option to determine the number of activ e channels on the PCB. PCBs con fi gured for T1 ha[...]

  • Page 647

    12xx-Slots 121x-Lines 1213-T1/E1 Card Setup DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 617 System 1001-1702 1213-03: T ransmit Pulse Amplitude (Tx Pulse Ampl.) This option controls the amplitude (strength) of the T1 signals transmitted by the PCB to the telco smart jack or your CSU (if used). Entries 0-4 correspond to the distance from the T[...]

  • Page 648

    12xx-Slots 121x-Lines 1213-T1/E1 Card Setup 618 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Default • Ye s (1) - Enabled 1213-05: Zer o Suppression (B8ZS/HDB3) Use this option to enable or disable zero suppression for the PCB transmit path. If enabled, T1 PCBs use B8ZS zero suppression, while E1 PCBs use HDB3 zero suppression. If disabled, [...]

  • Page 649

    12xx-Slots 121x-Lines 1213-T1/E1 Card Setup DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 619 System 1001-1702 Options •0 for none •1 for metallic •2 digital •3 for remote •4 for ST -Bus •5 for payload Default • 0[...]

  • Page 650

    13xx-Numbering 130x-Dial Plan 1301-Digits 620 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 13xx-Numbering 130x-Dial Plan 1301-Digits Description Use this option to customize the system’ s number plan. For each dialed digit (0-9, excluding # and *), assign a Function T ype and an Expected Digits entry . Function T ype de fi nes the digit’ [...]

  • Page 651

    13xx-Numbering 130x-Dial Plan 1301-Digits DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 621 System 1001-1702 IntraMail F eatur es • Flexible Mailbox Numbering Plan (page 488) Options • 1-3 Default • See Default Dialing Plan (page 621). Default Dialing Plan Digit Description Function T ype Expected Digits 0 Use this option to de fi ne the[...]

  • Page 652

    13xx-Numbering 130x-Dial Plan 1301-Digits 622 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 8 Use this option to de fi ne the Function T ype and Expected Digits for dial strings beginning with 8. These strings are normally reserved for Intercom access (2). 2 (Extension Access) 3 9 Use this option to de fi ne the total length of dial strings b[...]

  • Page 653

    13xx-Numbering 131x-Extensions 1311-Stations DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 623 System 1001-1702 131x-Extensions 1311-Stations Description Use this program to customize extension numbering. Options 1311-01: Station Extension Number (Extension #) Use this option to assign an extension number to each station. F eatur es • Flexibl[...]

  • Page 654

    13xx-Numbering 131x-Extensions 1312-V oice Mail Ports 624 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1312-Voice Mail P orts Description Use this program to customize voice mail e xtension numbering. Options 1312-01: V oice Mail Extension Number (Extension #) Use this option to assign an extension number to each v oice mail station. F eatur e[...]

  • Page 655

    13xx-Numbering 131x-Extensions 1313-Lines DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 625 System 1001-1702 1313-Lines Description Use this program to customize line extension numbers. Options 1313-01: Line Extension Number (Extension #) Use this option to assign an extension number to each line. F eatur es • Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing[...]

  • Page 656

    13xx-Numbering 131x-Extensions 1314-Ring Groups 626 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1314-Ring Groups Description Use this program to customize Ring Group master extension numbers. Options 1314-01: Ring Gr oup Master Extension Number (Extension #) Use this option to assign a master extension number to each Ring Group. Although the [...]

  • Page 657

    13xx-Numbering 131x-Extensions 1315-UCD Groups DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 627 System 1001-1702 1315-UCD Groups Description Use this program to customize UCD Group master extension numbers. Options 1315-01: UCD Gr oup Master Extension Number (Extension #) Use this option to assign a master extension number to each UCD Group. A[...]

  • Page 658

    14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1401-Features 628 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1401-Features Description Use this program to customize station (extension) Class of Service options. Options 1401-01: System Speed Dial Access (System SPD) Use this option to enable or disable an ext[...]

  • Page 659

    14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1401-Features DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 629 System 1001-1702 Default • No (0) - Disabled 1401-04: A CD Supervisor (A CD Sprvsr) This option is not used. 1401-05: Soft Ke ys (Soft Keys) Use this option to enable or disable a ke yset’ s Interacti ve Soft K eys. F eatur es • Intera[...]

  • Page 660

    14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1401-Features 630 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Default • No (0) - Disabled 1401-08: Receive DID Calls (Allow DID Calls) Use this option to enable or disable the extension’ s ability to receiv e DID calls. If enabled, the extension will receiv e DID calls routed to it by the system. I[...]

  • Page 661

    14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1401-Features DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 631 System 1001-1702 1401-09: Receive DID Camp-On (DID Camp-On) Use this option to enable or disable the ability of a DID call to Camp-On to the extension when it is b usy . If enabled, a DID call to the extension will Camp-On for the 1601-02: D[...]

  • Page 662

    14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1401-Features 632 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1401-12: Call Screening (Call Screening) Use this option to enable or disable Call Screening. If enabled, a display k e yset use can listen to (screen) a v oice mail message as it is being left in their mailbox. If disabled, v oice mail mess[...]

  • Page 663

    14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1402-Access DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 633 System 1001-1702 1402-Access Description Use this program to customize station access Class of Service options. Options 1402-01: For ced Line Disconnect (Forced Disconnect) Use this option to enable or disable an extension’ s ability to use [...]

  • Page 664

    14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1402-Access 634 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Default • Ye s 1402-04: Silent Monitor (Silent Monitor) Use this option to enable or disable an extension’ s ability to use Silent Monitor . F eatur es • Monitor / Silent Monitor (page 243) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • No (0[...]

  • Page 665

    14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1403-SL T’ s (Single Line T elephone Options) DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 635 System 1001-1702 1403-SLT’ s (Single Line T elephone Options) Description Use this program to customize single line telephone Class of Service options. Options 1403-01: Flash f or Single Line Set (Flash fo[...]

  • Page 666

    14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1403-SL T’ s (Single Line T elephone Options) 636 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled 1403-04: High V oltage Message W aiting Lamp f or Single Line Set (HV MW Lamp) Use this option to enable or disable High V o[...]

  • Page 667

    14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1403-SL T’ s (Single Line T elephone Options) DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 637 System 1001-1702[...]

  • Page 668

    14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1404-Caller ID 638 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1404-Caller ID Description Use this program to customize Caller ID Class of Service options. Options 1404-01: Caller ID Displa y (CID Display) Use this option to enable or disable the ability of an extension to display Caller ID. If enabled[...]

  • Page 669

    14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1404-Caller ID DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 639 System 1001-1702 Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled 1404-04: Caller ID Displa y Separator (CID Display “-”) Use this option to enable or disable the Caller ID display separator . If enable[...]

  • Page 670

    14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1404-Caller ID 640 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Default • Ye s (1) - Enabled[...]

  • Page 671

    14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1405-Distinctive Ringing DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 641 System 1001-1702 1405-Distinctive Ringing Description Use this program to customize Distincti ve Ringing Class of Service options. Options 1405-01: Ring T ype Con fi guration (Ring Con fi g) If enabled, this option allo ws an ex[...]

  • Page 672

    14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1405-Distinctive Ringing 642 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled[...]

  • Page 673

    14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1406-Call Forwarding Options DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 643 System 1001-1702 1406-Call Forwarding Options Description Use this program to customize Call Forwarding Class of Service options. Options 1406-01: Call Forwar ding Off-Premises (Off-Premise) Use this option to enable or disabl[...]

  • Page 674

    14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1407-P aging 644 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1407-Paging Description Use this program to customize paging Class of Service options. Options 1407-01: Make All Call P age (All Call Pa ge) Use this option to enable or disable an extension’ s ability to make an All Call Paging announcemen[...]

  • Page 675

    14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1407-P aging DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 645 System 1001-1702 1407-04: Make P age Into Zone 3 (P age Zone 3) Use this option to enable or disable an extension’ s ability to make a Paging announcement into zone 3. F eatur es • P aging (page 259) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options [...]

  • Page 676

    14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1407-P aging 646 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • Ye s (1) - Enabled 1407-08: Make P age Into Zone 7 (P age Zone 7) Use this option to enable or disable an extension’ s ability to make a Paging announcement into zone 7. F eat[...]

  • Page 677

    14xx-COS (Class of Service) 141x-Line 1411-Access DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 647 System 1001-1702 141x-Line 1411-Access Description Use this program to customize line access Class of Service options. Options 1411-01: Camp-On to Busy Lines (Camp-On Busy Lines) Use this option to enable or disable an extension’ s ability to C[...]

  • Page 678

    14xx-COS (Class of Service) 141x-Line 1411-Access 648 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Default • No (0) - Disabled 1411-04: Enhanced Last Number Redial (Enhanced LND) Use this option to enable or disable Enhanced Last Number Redial for the e xtension. If enabled, the extension has Enhanced Last Number Redial with the 5 number red[...]

  • Page 679

    14xx-COS (Class of Service) 141x-Line 1412-T oll Restriction DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 649 System 1001-1702 1412-Toll Restriction Description Use this program to customize Class of Service options that affect call restriction. Options 1412-01: Walking Class of Service (Da y) (W alking COS Day) Use this option to enable or di[...]

  • Page 680

    14xx-COS (Class of Service) 141x-Line 1412-T oll Restriction 650 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled[...]

  • Page 681

    14xx-COS (Class of Service) 141x-Line 1412-T oll Restriction DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 651 System 1001-1702 1412-04: For ced Account Codes (Forced A/C) Use this option to enable or disable Forced Account Codes. If disabled, Optional Account Codes are still av ailable. F eatur es • Account Codes (page 14) IntraMail F eatur [...]

  • Page 682

    15xx-Options 150x-Operators 1501-Setup 652 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 15xx-Options 150x-Operators 1501-Setup Description Use this program to specify the number of system operators. Options 1501-01: Number of Operators (# of Operators) Use this option to specify the number of operators in the system (1-4). F eatur es • Atten[...]

  • Page 683

    15xx-Options 150x-Operators 1502-Assignments DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 653 System 1001-1702 1502-Assignments Description Use this program to assign the system’ s operator extensions. If you enabled more than one operator in 1501- 01: Number of Operator s (page 652), all four of the follo wing options are av ailable. Ho wev[...]

  • Page 684

    15xx-Options 150x-Operators 1502-Assignments 654 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Default • None 1502-04: Operator Number 4 (Operator 4) Assign the fourth operator’ s extension number . Be sure you ha ve entered the correct number of operators in 1501-01: Number of Operators (page 652). F eatur es • Attendant P osition (page [...]

  • Page 685

    15xx-Options 151x-Stations 1511-Display DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 655 System 1001-1702 151x-Stations 1511-Display Description Use this program to select the extension name entry format and clock display . Options 1511-01: Name Format (Name Format) Use this option to determine how e xtension names should be entered in 2101-02[...]

  • Page 686

    15xx-Options 151x-Stations 1511-Display 656 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1511-02: Cloc k Display Format (Clock Displa y Format) Use this option to change the format of a ke yset’ s T ime and Date display . See the chart belo w for a vailable entries. After changing the entry for this option, an extension user must either lift[...]

  • Page 687

    15xx-Options 151x-Stations 1512-Calls DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 657 System 1001-1702 1512-Calls Description Use this program to set up the call handling Auto Handsfree and Call W aiting tones options. Options 1512-01: A utomatic Handsfree (A uto-Handsfree) Use this option to enable or disable Automatic Handsfree system-wide.[...]

  • Page 688

    15xx-Options 151x-Stations 1513-Intercom 658 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1513-Intercom Description Use this program to enable or disable Intercom voice announcements and Auto Handsfree system-wide. Options 1513-01: Inter com V oice Announcements (V oice Announce) Use this option to enable or disable system-wide voice-announced[...]

  • Page 689

    15xx-Options 152x-MOH/BGM 1521-Setup DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 659 System 1001-1702 152x-MOH/BGM 1521-Setup Description Use this program to set up options for Music on Hold and Background Music. Options 1521-01: Enable Music on Hold (Enable MOH) Use this option to enable or disable Music on Hold system wide. F eatur es • M[...]

  • Page 690

    15xx-Options 152x-MOH/BGM 1521-Setup 660 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Default • 0 1521-04: Bac kground Music o ver External P age (BGM Over Pa ge) Enable this option to hav e Background Music (if installed) play ov er the system's External Page. Disable this option if you don't want Background Music to play o ver th[...]

  • Page 691

    15xx-Options 152x-MOH/BGM 1521-Setup DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 661 System 1001-1702 1521-05: A udio Input 1 Gain Setting (A udio #1 Gain) Use this option to set the gain (volume) of Audio Input 1. F eatur es • Music on Hold (page 246) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 01-25 (-12 dB to +12 dB in 1 dB steps) Default [...]

  • Page 692

    15xx-Options 153x-Paging 1531-Setup 662 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 153x-Paging 1531-Setup Description Use this program to set up External Paging. Options 1531-01: External P age Ring T ype (P age Ring T ype) Use this option to indicate the type of ringing that will broadcast over the External P age (none, station, or line). F[...]

  • Page 693

    15xx-Options 153x-Paging 1531-Setup DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 663 System 1001-1702 1531-03: External P age Ring V olume (P age Ring V olume) Use this option to adjust the volume of ringing o ver the External P aging system. This option does not af fect the volume of Background Music, Door Chime, or External P age voice broad[...]

  • Page 694

    15xx-Options 153x-Paging 1531-Setup 664 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1531-04: Door Chime Over External P age (P age DoorChime) Use this option to enable Door Chimes ov er External Page. F eatur es • P aging (page 259) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disab[...]

  • Page 695

    15xx-Options 153x-Paging 1532-Ring Control DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 665 System 1001-1702 1532-Ring Control Description If External Paging is set up to broadcast line ringing, use this program to specify the ringing type for each line. Options 1532-[01-64]: External P age Line Ringing (Line nn Ring) If 1531-01: External P ag[...]

  • Page 696

    15xx-Options 154x-SMDR (Station Message Detail Recording) 1541-Setup 666 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 154x-SMDR (Station Message Detail Recording) 1541-Setup Description Use this program to set up the SMDR options. Options 1541-01: SMDR P ort (SMDR P ort) Use this option to specify the port the system uses for SMDR. F eatur es [...]

  • Page 697

    15xx-Options 155x-Account Codes 1551-Setup DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 667 System 1001-1702 155x-Account Codes 1551-Setup Description Use this program to customize system-wide Account Code options. Options 1551-01: Dial # to Enter Account Codes (# Key A C Codes) Use this option to enable an extension user to dial # to enter an[...]

  • Page 698

    15xx-Options 155x-Account Codes 1551-Setup 668 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled 1551-04: Account Code T oll Restriction Level (A C T oll Level) If 1412-06: Account Codes for T oll Calls Only (page 651) is enabled, use this option to differentiate tol[...]

  • Page 699

    16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1601-Incoming Call Timers DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 669 System 1001-1702 16xx-Timers 160x-Feature Timers 1601-Incoming Call Timers Description Use this program to adjust timers that affect incoming calls. Options 1601-01: Line No Answer Timer (Ring No Answer) Use this option to set how long [...]

  • Page 700

    16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1601-Incoming Call Timers 670 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Options • 1-9999 seconds • 0 for disabled Default • 15 seconds 1601-03: Call Forwar d No Answer Timer (CFWD No Answer) For Call F orwarding Ring No Answer, use this option set ho w long a forwarded call rings an unanswered extensi[...]

  • Page 701

    16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1602-Outgoing Call Timers DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 671 System 1001-1702 1602-Outgoing Call Timers Description Use this program to adjust timers that affect outgoing calls. Options 1602-01: Inter digit Timer (Interdigit Time) Use this option to set the Intercom interdigit time. When an exten[...]

  • Page 702

    16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1602-Outgoing Call Timers 672 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Options • 1-9999 in 100 mS increments (e.g., 10 = 1 second, 100 = 10 seconds). Default • 20 (2 seconds)[...]

  • Page 703

    16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1602-Outgoing Call Timers DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 673 System 1001-1702 1602-04: Dial P ause Timer (Interdigit Time) Use this option to set the length of a pause stored in a Speed Dial bin. F eatur es • Speed Dial (page 315) IntraMail F eatur es • Centr ex T ransfer (page 460) Options ?[...]

  • Page 704

    16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1602-Outgoing Call Timers 674 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 1-99 seconds Default • 6[...]

  • Page 705

    16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1603-Recall Timers DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 675 System 1001-1702 1603-Recall Timers Description Use this program to adjust timers that affect system recalls. Options 1603-01: T ransfer Recall Timer (T ransfer Recall) Use this timer to set ho w long a transferred call rings an idle destinati[...]

  • Page 706

    16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1603-Recall Timers 676 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Options • 1-9999 seconds • 0 for disabled Default • 90 seconds[...]

  • Page 707

    16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1603-Recall Timers DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 677 System 1001-1702 1603-04: P ark Orbit Recall Timer (Orbit Recall) Use this option to set ho w long a call stays in System Park Orbit before it recalls the extension that park ed it. This timer if for orbits 60-67 only . The recall for orbits 6[...]

  • Page 708

    16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1604-Station Timers 678 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1604-Station Timers Description Use this program to adjust timers that affect stations. Options 1604-01: Dela y Ring Timer (Delay Ring) Use this option to set how long the system w aits before ringing an extension that has the Delayed Ringing[...]

  • Page 709

    16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1604-Station Timers DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 679 System 1001-1702 F eatur es • Extended Ringing (page 153) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 1-9999 seconds • 0 for disabled Default • 20 seconds[...]

  • Page 710

    16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1605-Control Timer s 680 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1605-Control Timers Description Use this program to adjust timers that affect v arious system features. Options 1605-01: P age Duration Timer (P age Duration) Use this option to set the maximum length of Page announcements. F eatur es • P [...]

  • Page 711

    16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1605-Control Timer s DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 681 System 1001-1702 1605-04: For ced Program Exit Timer (Program Exit) Use this option to set the F orced Program Exit timer . If a telephone in the programming mode is inacti ve longer than this interv al, the system automatically cancels the [...]

  • Page 712

    16xx-T imers 161x-COI (Analog Line) T imers 1611-Incoming 682 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 161x-COI (Analog Line) Timers 1611-Incoming Description Use this program to adjust timers that affect incoming calls on the line (COIU) PCBs. Options 1611-01: Minim um Ring Detect Timer (Ring Detect) Use this option to set the threshold f[...]

  • Page 713

    16xx-T imers 161x-COI (Analog Line) T imers 1611-Incoming DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 683 System 1001-1702 1611-03: Minim um Double Ring Detection Off Timer (Double Ring Min) The system uses this option to detect v alid double ring from the connected PBX. V alid double ring must be longer than this interval. F eatur es • Non[...]

  • Page 714

    16xx-T imers 161x-COI (Analog Line) T imers 1611-Incoming 684 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1611-04: Maxim um Double Ring Detection Off Timer (Double Ring Max) The system uses this option to detect v alid double ring from the connected PBX. V alid double ring must be less than this interv al. F eatur es • None IntraMail F eatu[...]

  • Page 715

    16xx-T imers 161x-COI (Analog Line) T imers 1612-Outgoing DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 685 System 1001-1702 1612-Outgoing Description Use this program to adjust timers that affect outgoing calls on the line (COIU) PCBs. Options 1612-01: DP Break Timer (Break Time) Use this timer to set the duration of the Dial Pulse Break signa[...]

  • Page 716

    16xx-T imers 161x-COI (Analog Line) T imers 1612-Outgoing 686 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Options • 100-9999 mS Default • 800 mS 1612-04: PBX/Centrex Flash Timer (Flash 1 Time) Use this timer to set the Flash interval. When a user fl ashes a line (manually or in a Speed Dial number), the system opens the line circuit for [...]

  • Page 717

    16xx-T imers 161x-COI (Analog Line) T imers 1612-Outgoing DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 687 System 1001-1702 1612-07: Shunt P ause Timer (Shunt Pause) Use this option to set the Shunt Pause T imer (Dial Pulse Mute T imer) for the A TRU PCB. While dial pulsing or doing a Flash, the A TR U PCB switches a lo w resistance shunt acro[...]

  • Page 718

    16xx-T imers 161x-COI (Analog Line) T imers 1613-Loop Control 688 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1613-Loop Control Description Use this program to adjust timers that affect the loop on the line (COIU) PCBs. Options 1613-01: Loop Current Detection Timer (Loop Detect) For loop start lines, loop current must be present for this inte[...]

  • Page 719

    16xx-T imers 161x-COI (Analog Line) T imers 1613-Loop Control DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 689 System 1001-1702 1613-03: P o wer Failure Reco very Detect Timer (Loop Recovery) Use this option to set the Power F ailure Recov ery Detect time. When the A TR U or COIU PCB recov ers from a power f ailure, it checks the power f ailur[...]

  • Page 720

    16xx-T imers 162x-SLI (Analog Single Line) T imers 1621-Incoming 690 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 162x-SLI (Analog Single Line) Timers 1621-Incoming Description Use this program to adjust the timers that affect incoming calls to analog single line telephones. Options 1621-01: Minim um DP Break Timer (Minimum Break) Use this opt[...]

  • Page 721

    16xx-T imers 162x-SLI (Analog Single Line) T imers 1621-Incoming DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 691 System 1001-1702 1621-03: Minim um DP Make Timer (Minimum Make) Use this option to de fi ne the minimum amount of time the loop must be closed to properly decode the dial pulse digits sent from analog devices connected to single l[...]

  • Page 722

    16xx-T imers 162x-SLI (Analog Single Line) T imers 1621-Incoming 692 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1621-04: Maxim um DP Make Timer (Maximum Make) Use this option to de fi ne the maximum amount of time the loop must be closed to properly decode the dial pulse digits sent from analog devices connected to SLIU PCBs. Change this va[...]

  • Page 723

    16xx-T imers 162x-SLI (Analog Single Line) T imers 1621-Incoming DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 693 System 1001-1702 IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 5-1275 mS Default • 105 mS 1621-08: Dial Pulse Guar d Timer (Dial Pulse Guard) Use this option to set the interv al the single line PCB waits between dial pulse digits be[...]

  • Page 724

    16xx-T imers 162x-SLI (Analog Single Line) T imers 1622-Outgoing 694 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1622-Outgoing Description Use this program to adjust the timers that affect outgoing calls from analog single line telephones. Options 1622-01: Loop Disconnect Timer (Loop Disconnect) Use this option to determine how long the singl[...]

  • Page 725

    16xx-T imers 163x-T1/E1 T imers 1631-Incoming DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 695 System 1001-1702 163x-T1/E1 Timers 1631-Incoming Description Use this program to adjust the timers that affect incoming T1/E1 calls. Options 1631-01: Receive Loop Detection Timer (Rx Loop Detect) For loop start T1 lines, loop current must be present [...]

  • Page 726

    16xx-T imers 163x-T1/E1 T imers 1631-Incoming 696 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Options • 4-1020 mS Default • 104 mS 1631-04: Receive Dial Pulse Minim um Make Timer (Rx Min Make) Use this option to set the minimum required duration of the T1 circuit recei ve Dial Pulse Mak e signal (i.e., relay closed). This is the minimum ?[...]

  • Page 727

    16xx-T imers 163x-T1/E1 T imers 1631-Incoming DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 697 System 1001-1702 1631-07: Receive Maxim um Flash Timer (Rx Max Flash) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 16-4080 mS Default • 1008 mS 1631-08: Receive Minim um Clear Signal Timer[...]

  • Page 728

    16xx-T imers 163x-T1/E1 T imers 1632-Outgoing 698 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1632-Outgoing Description Use this program to adjust the timers that affect outgoing T1/E1 calls. Options 1632-01: T ransmit Dial Pulse Break Timer (Tx Break Time) Use this option to set the duration of the T1 circuit transmit Dial Pulse Break signal[...]

  • Page 729

    16xx-T imers 163x-T1/E1 T imers 1632-Outgoing DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 699 System 1001-1702 IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 16-4080 mS Default • 800 mS 1632-04: T ransmit Flash Timer (Tx Flash Time) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 16-4080 m[...]

  • Page 730

    16xx-T imers 164x-T1 Specific T imers 1641-Ring Detect 700 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 164x-T1 Specific Timers 1641-Ring Detect Description Use this program to adjust the T1 Ring Detect timers. Options 1641-01: Minim um Ring Detect Timer (Ring Detect) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F[...]

  • Page 731

    16xx-T imers 164x-T1 Specific T imers 1641-Ring Detect DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 701 System 1001-1702 F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 4-1020 mS Default • 304 mS 1641-05: Ring Stop Detection Timer (Ring Stop) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMa[...]

  • Page 732

    16xx-T imers 164x-T1 Specific T imers 1642-Call Control 702 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1642-Call Control Description Use this program to adjust the T1 Call Control timers. Options 1642-01: T ransmit Wink Timer (TX Wink Time) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options [...]

  • Page 733

    16xx-T imers 164x-T1 Specific T imers 1642-Call Control DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 703 System 1001-1702 F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 4-1020 mS • 0 for unde fi ned (disabled) Default • Unde fi ned (disabled)[...]

  • Page 734

    16xx-T imers 165x-E1 Specific T imers 1651-TX (T ransmit Timers) 704 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 165x-E1 Specific Timers 1651-TX (T ransmit Timers) Description Use this program to adjust the E1 transmit timers. Options 1651-01: T ransmit Seize Ackno wledge Timer (Tx Seize Ack) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Li[...]

  • Page 735

    16xx-T imers 165x-E1 Specific T imers 1651-TX (T ransmit Timers) DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 705 System 1001-1702 F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 16-4080 mS Default • 1008 mS 1651-05: T ransmit Seize Signal (BZL) Timer (Tx Seize Signal (BZL)) Information to be provided. F eatur e[...]

  • Page 736

    16xx-T imers 165x-E1 Specific T imers 1652-RX (Receive Timers) 706 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1652-RX (Receive Timers) Description Use this program to adjust the E1 recei ve timers. Options 1652-01: Receive Minim um Seize Acknowledge Timer (Rx Min Seize Ack) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) Intr[...]

  • Page 737

    16xx-T imers 165x-E1 Specific T imers 1652-RX (Receive Timers) DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 707 System 1001-1702 F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 4-1020 mS Default • 300 mS 1652-05: Receive Minim um Answer Timer (Rx Min Answer) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Lines (p[...]

  • Page 738

    16xx-T imers 165x-E1 Specific T imers 1652-RX (Receive Timers) 708 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1652-08: Receive Maxim um Meter Pulse Timer (Rx Max Meter Pls) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 4-1020 mS Default • 300 mS 1652-09: Receive Minim um Double An[...]

  • Page 739

    16xx-T imers 165x-E1 Specific T imers 1652-RX (Receive Timers) DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 709 System 1001-1702 Default • 2048 mS 1652-12: Receive Line Bloc k Recover Timer (Rx Line Block Reco ver) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 64-16320 mS Default ?[...]

  • Page 740

    16xx-T imers 165x-E1 Specific T imers 1653-MFC Incoming Timers 710 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1653-MFC Incoming Timers Description Use this program to adjust the E1 MFC incoming timers. Options 1653-01: GI Signal Timer (GI Signal) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • None Op[...]

  • Page 741

    16xx-T imers 165x-E1 Specific T imers 1653-MFC Incoming Timers DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 711 System 1001-1702 F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 50-600 mS Default • 100 mS[...]

  • Page 742

    16xx-T imers 165x-E1 Specific T imers 1654-MFC Outgoing Timers 712 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1654-MFC Outgoing Timers Description Use this program to adjust the E1 MFC outgoing timers. Options 1654-01: GA Response Timer (GA Response) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • Non[...]

  • Page 743

    16xx-T imers 165x-E1 Specific T imers 1654-MFC Outgoing Timers DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 713 System 1001-1702 F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 1-32 seconds Default • 12 seconds 1654-05: GC Response Timer (GC Response) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338[...]

  • Page 744

    17xx-Speed Dial (System) 170x-Setup 1701-Format 714 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 17xx-Speed Dial (System) 170x-Setup 1701-Format Description Use this program to set the maximum number of System Speed Dial bins (9, 99, or 999) that users can dial. This does not limit the number of bins you can program in 1702-Assignment (System [...]

  • Page 745

    17xx-Speed Dial (System) 170x-Setup 1702-Assignment (System Speed Dial Assignment) DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 715 System 1001-1702 1702-Assignment (System Speed Dial Assignment) Description Use this program to enter System Speed Dial numbers in to system memory . Options 1702-[001-999]: Select System Speed Dial Bin to Pr ogra[...]

  • Page 746

    17xx-Speed Dial (System) 170x-Setup 1702-Assignment (System Speed Dial Assignment) 716 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual • Dir ectory Dialing (page 131) • Speed Dial (page 315) IntraMail F eatur es • Caller ID and V oice Mail (page 456) • External T ransfer (page 483) Options • 1-64 for lines 1-64 Default • No entry 1702[...]

  • Page 747

    17xx-Speed Dial (System) 170x-Setup 1702-Assignment (System Speed Dial Assignment) DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 717 System 1001-1702 1702-[001-999]: System Speed Dial Bin Name (Bin Name) Use this option to enter a name (up to 16 characters) for the System Speed Dial bin. When entering names, use the follo wing Name Pr ogr ammin[...]

  • Page 748

    17xx-Speed Dial (System) 170x-Setup 1702-Assignment (System Speed Dial Assignment) 718 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual F eatur es • Dir ectory Dialing (page 131) IntraMail F eatur es • Caller ID and V oice Mail (page 456) • External T ransfer (page 483) Options • Alpha-numeric c haracters (16 max.). See Name Pr ogramming C[...]

  • Page 749

    21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2101-T ype DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 719 Station 2101-2501 Stations: 2101-2501 21xx-Con fi guration 210x-Setup 2101-Type Description Use this program to set up basic station (extension) options. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa vi[...]

  • Page 750

    21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2101-T ype 720 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2101-02: Station Name (Name) Use this option to assign a name (up to 16 characters) to the extension port. F eatur es • Dir ectory Dialing (page 131) • Names for Extensions and Lines (page 249) IntraMail F eatur es • Dir ectory Dialing (page 469) [...]

  • Page 751

    21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2101-T ype DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 721 Station 2101-2501 CHECK Restore the previous entry , Name Programming Chart Press a key the indicated number of times f or desired character Key 1 Time 2 Times 3 Times 4 Times 5 Times 6 Times 7 Times 8 Times 9 Times[...]

  • Page 752

    21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2101-T ype 722 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2101-03: Station Displa y Language (Language) Use this option to set the language for the extension’ s display (including system programming). Y ou can also set this option from the keyset using the soft k eys. F eatur es • Language Selection (page [...]

  • Page 753

    21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2101-T ype DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 723 Station 2101-2501 2101-05: Outgoing ANI ID (ANI ID) For E1 lines only , use this option to specify the outgoing ANI data that identi fi es the extension (1-4 digits appended to the system’ s telephone number). This option is only for E1 MFC dialing. [...]

  • Page 754

    21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2102-Access 724 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2102-Access Description Use this program to customize station (extension) access options. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Options 2102-01: Class of Service (COS) Use this option[...]

  • Page 755

    21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2102-Access DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 725 Station 2101-2501 2102-04: User Pr ogramming Access Level (Pgm Level) Use this option to set an extensions Programming Access Lev el. This setting determines which User Programmable Features the extension can use. F eatur es • Call F orwarding (page [...]

  • Page 756

    21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2103-Ringing 726 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2103-Ringing Description Use this program to customize station (extension) Distincti ve Ringing options. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Options 2103-01: Da y Ring T ype (Day R[...]

  • Page 757

    21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2103-Ringing DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 727 Station 2101-2501 you make in this option will take ef fect. If this option is 1-3, the setting you make in this option will only take ef fect if 1405-02: Station Ring Override (page 641) is also enabled. F eatur es • Distinctive Ringing (page 135) [...]

  • Page 758

    21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2103-Ringing 728 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual Default • 3 2103-07: Station’ s Ring “A” T one (T ype-A Ring T one) For the station’ s type “ A” incoming ring, use this option to select the Distinctiv e Ringing ring tone used. F eatur es • Distinctive Ringing (page 135) IntraMail F [...]

  • Page 759

    21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2104-Display DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 729 Station 2101-2501 2104-Display Description Use this program to adjust the station (extension) display backlight brightness settings. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Options 210[...]

  • Page 760

    21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2104-Display 730 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual[...]

  • Page 761

    21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2111-Features DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 731 Station 2101-2501 211x-Options 2111-Features Description Use this program to enable or disable v arious station (extension) features. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Options[...]

  • Page 762

    21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2111-Features 732 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2111-04: Ringing Line Preference (Ringing Line Pref) Use this option to enable or disable Ringing Line Preference for the extension. F eatur es • Ringing Line Pr efer ence (page 295) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • No (0) - Disabled •[...]

  • Page 763

    21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2111-Features DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 733 Station 2101-2501 IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • Ye s (1) - Enabled 2111-08: Answering Mac hine (Answering Machine) For systems without v oice mail that are using a customer-pro vided [...]

  • Page 764

    21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2111-Features 734 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2111-09: P ersonal Speed Dial (P ersonal SPD) Use this option to enable or disable Personal Speed Dial for the extension. If the extension has this option disabled, Call F orwarding Of f Premises is not av ailable. F eatur es • Call F orwarding O[...]

  • Page 765

    21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2112-Speaker Control DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 735 Station 2101-2501 2112-Speaker Control Description Use this program to customize features of the station (extension) speak er . If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Option[...]

  • Page 766

    21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2112-Speaker Control 736 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled[...]

  • Page 767

    21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2112-Speaker Control DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 737 Station 2101-2501 2112-04: V oice Announcements in Headset Mode (Headset V .A.) Use this option to enable or disable incoming voice-announced Intercom calls while the e xtension is in the headset mode. If enable, the user hears 2 beeps in th[...]

  • Page 768

    21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2113-Groups 738 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2113-Groups Description Use this program to assign the various groups to which the station (e xtension) belongs. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Options 2113-01: Dial 9 Gr oup[...]

  • Page 769

    21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2113-Groups DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 739 Station 2101-2501 2113-03: Pic kup Group (Pickup Gr oup) Use this option to assign the extension to a Pickup Group. F eatur es • Gr oup Call Pic kup (page 184) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 1 - 8 (pickup groups 1-8) • 0 (unassigned) D[...]

  • Page 770

    21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2113-Groups 740 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2113-04: Priv acy Gr oup (Privacy Gr oup) Use this option to assign an extension to a Pri v acy Release Group. F eatur es • Privacy Release Gr oups (page 278) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 1 - 16 for Pri vac y Release Groups 1-16 • 0 [...]

  • Page 771

    21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2114-Off Hook Options DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 741 Station 2101-2501 2114-Off Hook Options Description Used this program to customize the of f-hook options for the station (extension). If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool.[...]

  • Page 772

    21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2114-Off Hook Options 742 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual Options • 1-64 (lines 1-64) Default • 1 2114-01: Prime Line Gr oup (Prime Line Group) If 2114-01: Prime Line T ype is set for line (3), use this option to select the Line Group the e xtension seizes when the user lifts the handset. The [...]

  • Page 773

    21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2114-Off Hook Options DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 743 Station 2101-2501 2114-02: Station Ring Down T ype (Ring Down T ype) Use this option to set the extension’ s Ring Down type (none, e xtension, System Speed Dial, or Personal Speed Dial). F eatur es • Cor dless T elephone (page 94) • R[...]

  • Page 774

    21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2114-Off Hook Options 744 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2114-03: Station’ s Operator Extension Number (Operator Ext) Assign the extension’ s operator . This is the co-worker the e xtension user reaches when they dial 0. F eatur es • Attendant P osition (page 24) IntraMail F eatur es • No[...]

  • Page 775

    21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2115-Hunting and Overflow Options DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 745 Station 2101-2501 2115-Hunting and Overflow Options Description Use this program to set the Extension Hunting and DID Intercept options for the extension (station). If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Stati[...]

  • Page 776

    21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2115-Hunting and Overflow Options 746 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual UCD Hunting Options 2115-01: Hunt T ype (Hunt T ype) Use this option to assign the hunt type for the extension. F eatur es • Extension Hunting (page 154) IntraMail F eatur es • Extension Hunting to V oice Mail (page 478) Op[...]

  • Page 777

    21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2115-Hunting and Overflow Options DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 747 Station 2101-2501 F eatur es • Extension Hunting (page 154) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 700 (UCD Group 1) through 707 (UCD Group 8) • None (entered by pressing CLEAR ) Default • None[...]

  • Page 778

    21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2115-Hunting and Overflow Options 748 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2115-02: DID Station Inter cept T ype (DID Intercept T ype) Use this option to set the extension’ s DID Intercept type. Intercept can occur when the extension is b usy , in Do Not Disturb, or unanswered. F eatur es • Dir ec[...]

  • Page 779

    21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2116-Off Hook Signaling Options DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 749 Station 2101-2501 2116-Off Hook Signaling Options Description Use this program to set the station (extension) Of f-Hook Signaling options. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy tim[...]

  • Page 780

    21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2116-Off Hook Signaling Options 750 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2116-03: Off Hook Signaling f or Incoming Outside Calls (OHS Lines) T o hav e the system audibly alert the operator when outside calls are w aiting, assign an e xtension’ s Off-Hook Signaling options for outside calls (no Of f-H[...]

  • Page 781

    21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2117-Call Logging (Caller ID Logging) DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 751 Station 2101-2501 2117-Call Logging (Caller ID Logging) Description Use this program to set up Caller ID Logging at the extension (station). If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a h[...]

  • Page 782

    21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2117-Call Logging (Caller ID Logging) 752 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2117-01: Caller ID Log Gr oup (CID Log Group) If 2117-01: Caller ID Log T ype is 2 (group), use this option to specify to which Caller ID Logging Group the extension belongs. F eatur es • Caller ID Logging (page 68) IntraM[...]

  • Page 783

    21xx-Configuration 212x-Keys 2121-Feature Ke ys DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 753 Station 2101-2501 212x-Keys 2121-Feature Keys Description Use this program to assign the Feature K eys on a ke yset. The defaults are as follo ws: ❥ In DSX-80/160, keys 1-12 are line k eys for lines 1-12 and ke ys 13-24 are unde fi ned. ❥ In[...]

  • Page 784

    21xx-Configuration 212x-Keys 2121-Feature Ke ys 754 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual Hotline (page 207) Use this option to assign a Feature Ke y as a Hotline ke y . A keyset user can use the #HL user-program- mable procedure to change the Hotline assign- ments on their console. 05 + nnn (extension number) • Press key to call Ho[...]

  • Page 785

    21xx-Configuration 212x-Keys 2121-Feature Ke ys DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 755 Station 2101-2501 Group Pic kup No Ring (page 184) Use this option to assign a Feature K ey as a lamp only (no ring) Group Call Pickup key . 10 + nn (Pickup Group 01-16) • Press key to answer call ringing Pickup Group. Busy Lamp Field (BLF) Off[...]

  • Page 786

    21xx-Configuration 212x-Keys 2121-Feature Ke ys 756 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual Night (page 252) Use this option to assign a Feature K ey as a Night ke y . There are two options: System Night key and UCD Night ke y . The System Night ke y puts all Ke y Ring lines and lines terminated to Ring Group master numbers into the nig[...]

  • Page 787

    21xx-Configuration 212x-Keys 2121-Feature Ke ys DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 757 Station 2101-2501 Save Number Dialed (page 298) Use this option to assign a Feature Ke y as a Sav e Number Dialed key . • There is no BLF for this key type. 25 While on a call: • Press key to sa ve the number you just dialed. While idle: • [...]

  • Page 788

    21xx-Configuration 212x-Keys 2121-Feature Ke ys 758 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual Options 2121-[01 to 24]: Feature Ke y Codes (Ke y xx T ype) Use this option to enter the key codes for an e xtension’ s Feature Keys. Refer to Extension F eature K ey Assignments (page 753) for the speci fi cs. F eatur es • Refer to Extensio[...]

  • Page 789

    21xx-Configuration 212x-Keys 2122-Ring Override (Ke y Ring Override) DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 759 Station 2101-2501 2122-Ring Override (Key Ring Override) Description Use this program to set up Distincti ve Ringing K ey Ring Override at the e xtension (station). If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Stat[...]

  • Page 790

    21xx-Configuration 212x-Keys 2123-BLF (DSS Ke ys) 760 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2123-BLF (DSS Keys) Description Use this program to set up the station (extension) DSS/BLF k eys. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Options 2123-[01-24]: DSS/BLF Ke y Assi[...]

  • Page 791

    21xx-Configuration 212x-Keys 2124-Soft Ke ys (Idle Menu Soft Ke ys f or Super Display) DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 761 Station 2101-2501 2124-Soft Keys (Idle Menu Soft Keys for Super Display) Description Use this program to customize the Super Display T elephone idle menu soft ke ys. If programming multiple extensions, you m[...]

  • Page 792

    21xx-Configuration 212x-Keys 2124-Soft Ke ys (Idle Menu Soft Ke ys f or Super Display) 762 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 04 COMP ANY Press to directly access System Speed Dial Directory Dialing. 05 PROGRAM Press to program the follo wing: • Call Forw arding • Call Screening • Distinctiv e Ringing • Handsfree Reply • [...]

  • Page 793

    21xx-Configuration 213x-Access 2131-Lines DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 763 Station 2101-2501 213x-Access 2131-Lines Description Use this program to set up the station (extension) access to outside lines. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Options 2131-[01[...]

  • Page 794

    21xx-Configuration 213x-Access 2132-Ringing 764 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2132-Ringing Description Use this program to set up the station (extension) ringing for outside lines. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Options 2132-[01-64]: Line Ringing (xx L[...]

  • Page 795

    21xx-Configuration 213x-Access 2133-Line Groups DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 765 Station 2101-2501 2133-Line Groups Description Use this option to set the station (extension) access to Line Groups 90-98. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Options 2133-[01[...]

  • Page 796

    21xx-Configuration 214x-IntraMail (Station Mailbox) 2141-T ype 766 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 214x-IntraMail (Station Mailbox) 2141-Type Description Use this program to assign the station (extension) mailbox type. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Opti[...]

  • Page 797

    21xx-Configuration 214x-IntraMail (Station Mailbox) 2142-Setup DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 767 Station 2101-2501 2142-Setup Description Use this program to set up the Station Mailbox. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Options 2142-01: Number of Messages[...]

  • Page 798

    21xx-Configuration 214x-IntraMail (Station Mailbox) 2142-Setup 768 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled 2142-04: Station Mailbo x V oice Prompt Langua ge (V oice Prompts) Use this option to set the Station Mailbox voice prompt language. Y ou can choose[...]

  • Page 799

    21xx-Configuration 214x-IntraMail (Station Mailbox) 2143-Options DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 769 Station 2101-2501 2143-Options Description Use this program to customize v arious Station Mailbox options. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Options 2143-01[...]

  • Page 800

    21xx-Configuration 214x-IntraMail (Station Mailbox) 2143-Options 770 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled[...]

  • Page 801

    21xx-Configuration 214x-IntraMail (Station Mailbox) 2143-Options DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 771 Station 2101-2501 2143-04: Message Waiting Lamp (MW Lamp) Use this option to enable or disable Message W aiting lamping at the extension associated with the Sub- scriber mailbox. For Subscriber Mailbox es, you should leav e this [...]

  • Page 802

    21xx-Configuration 214x-IntraMail (Station Mailbox) 2144-A uto-Attendant (A utomated Attendant) 772 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2144-Auto-Attendant (Automated Attendant) Description Use this program to set up the Automated Attendant options for the Station Mailbox. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Stat[...]

  • Page 803

    21xx-Configuration 214x-IntraMail (Station Mailbox) 2144-A uto-Attendant (A utomated Attendant) DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 773 Station 2101-2501 IntraMail F eatur es • Next Call Routing Mailbox (page 552) Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled[...]

  • Page 804

    21xx-Configuration 214x-IntraMail (Station Mailbox) 2144-A uto-Attendant (A utomated Attendant) 774 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2144-04: Next Call Routing Mailbo x (Next CRMB) Use this option to assign a Next Call Routing Mailbox to the Subscriber Mailbox. This provides callers with additional dialing options while listening[...]

  • Page 805

    21xx-Configuration 215x-Speed Dial (Personal) 2151-Assignment (P ersonal Speed Dial Bin Assignment) DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 775 Station 2101-2501 215x-Speed Dial (Personal) 2151-Assignment (Personal Speed Dial Bin Assignment) Description Use this option to enter an extension’ s Personal Speed Dial numbers from system p[...]

  • Page 806

    21xx-Configuration 215x-Speed Dial (Personal) 2151-Assignment (P ersonal Speed Dial Bin Assignment) 776 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual • Speed Dial (page 315) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 90-98 for Line Groups 90-98 Default • No entry 2151-[01-20]: P ersonal Speed Dial Bin Number (xx Bin xx Number) Use this opt[...]

  • Page 807

    21xx-Configuration 215x-Speed Dial (Personal) 2151-Assignment (P ersonal Speed Dial Bin Assignment) DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 777 Station 2101-2501 2151-[01-20]: P ersonal Speed Dial Bin Name (xx Bin xx Name) Use this option to enter a name (up to 16 characters) for the Personal Speed Dial bin. When entering names, use the[...]

  • Page 808

    21xx-Configuration 215x-Speed Dial (Personal) 2151-Assignment (P ersonal Speed Dial Bin Assignment) 778 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual F eatur es • Call F orwarding Of f Pr emises (page 51) • Dir ectory Dialing (page 131) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • Alpha-numeric c haracters (16 max.). See Name Pr ogramming Ch[...]

  • Page 809

    22xx-Ring Groups 220x-Setup 2201-Identification DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 779 Station 2101-2501 22xx-Ring Groups 220x-Setup 2201-Identification Description For each Ring Group, use this program to specify the Ring Group name and Ring T ype. Options 2201-01: Ring Gr oup Name (Name) Use this option to enter a name (up to 16[...]

  • Page 810

    22xx-Ring Groups 220x-Setup 2201-Identification 780 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual F eatur es • Dir ectory Dialing (page 131) • Gr oup Ring (page 189) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • Alpha-numeric c haracters (16 max.). See Name Pr ogramming Chart abov e. 2201-02: Ring Gr oup Incoming Ring T ype (Ring T ype) Use t[...]

  • Page 811

    22xx-Ring Groups 221x-IntraMail (Ring Group Mailbox) 2211-T ype DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 781 Station 2101-2501 221x-IntraMail (Ring Group Mailbox) 2211-Type Description Use this program to set the Ring Group Mailbox type. Options 2211-01: Mailbo x T ype (Mailbox T ype) Use this option to set the Ring Group Mailbox type (Su[...]

  • Page 812

    22xx-Ring Groups 221x-IntraMail (Ring Group Mailbox) 2212-Setup 782 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2212-Setup Description Use this program to set up the Ring Group Mailbox. Options 2212-01: Number of Messages (# of Messages) Use this option to set the maximum number of messages that can be left in the Subscriber Mailbox. If a ca[...]

  • Page 813

    22xx-Ring Groups 221x-IntraMail (Ring Group Mailbox) 2212-Setup DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 783 Station 2101-2501 Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled 2212-04: Ring Gr oup Mailbo x V oice Prompt Language (V oice Prompts) Use this option to set the Ring Group Mailbox voice prompt l[...]

  • Page 814

    22xx-Ring Groups 221x-IntraMail (Ring Group Mailbox) 2213-Options 784 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2213-Options Description Use this program to customize v arious Ring Group Mailbox options. Options 2213-01: Message Pla yback Or der (Playbac k Order)ƒ Use this option to set the Subscriber Mailbox message playback order . When[...]

  • Page 815

    22xx-Ring Groups 221x-IntraMail (Ring Group Mailbox) 2213-Options DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 785 Station 2101-2501 2213-03: A uto Time Stamp (A uto Time Stamp) Use this option to enable or disable Auto T ime Stamp for the Subscriber Mailbox. If enabled, after the sub- scriber listens to a message IntraMail will announce the [...]

  • Page 816

    22xx-Ring Groups 221x-IntraMail (Ring Group Mailbox) 2213-Options 786 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2213-05: Recor ding Con versation Beep (Rec Con v Beep) Use this option to enable or disable the Con versation Record beep. If enabled, all parties on a call will hear the voice prompt “ Recor ding” followed by a beep when th[...]

  • Page 817

    22xx-Ring Groups 221x-IntraMail (Ring Group Mailbox) 2214-A uto-Attendant (A utomated Attendant) DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 787 Station 2101-2501 2214-Auto-Attendant (Automated Attendant) Description Use this program to set up the Automated Attendant options for the Ring Group Mailbox. Options 2214-01: A uto Attendant Do Not[...]

  • Page 818

    22xx-Ring Groups 221x-IntraMail (Ring Group Mailbox) 2214-A uto-Attendant (A utomated Attendant) 788 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2214-03: Dialing Option (Dialing Option) Dialing Option provides additional dialing options for Ne xt Call Routing Mailbox calls (see 2214-04: Next Call Routing Mailbox belo w). If enabled, a caller[...]

  • Page 819

    22xx-Ring Groups 221x-IntraMail (Ring Group Mailbox) 2214-A uto-Attendant (A utomated Attendant) DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 789 Station 2101-2501 2214-05: Directory List Number (Directory List) Use this option to specify the Directory List to which the Subscriber Mailbox belongs. When setting up Directory Dialing Mailboxes, [...]

  • Page 820

    23xx-UCD Groups 230x-Setup 2301-Identification 790 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 23xx-UCD Groups 230x-Setup 2301-Identification Description For each UCD Group, use this program to specify the UCD Group name and Ring T ype. Options 2301-01: UCD Gr oup Name (Name) Use this option to enter a name (up to 16 characters) for the UC[...]

  • Page 821

    23xx-UCD Groups 230x-Setup 2301-Identification DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 791 Station 2101-2501 F eatur es • Dir ectory Dialing (page 131) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • Alpha-numeric c haracters (16 max.). See Name Pr ogramming Chart abov e. 2301-02: UCD Gr oup Incoming Ring T ype (Ring T ype) Use this option [...]

  • Page 822

    23xx-UCD Groups 230x-Setup 2302-Options 792 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2302-Options Description Use this program to specify the UCD Group ov er fl ow destination. Options 2302-01: UCD Gr oup Over fl ow Destination (Over fl ow Dest) Use this option to assign the UCD Group ov er fl ow destination. F eatur es • Extension [...]

  • Page 823

    23xx-UCD Groups 231x-IntraMail (UCD Group Mailbox) 2311-T ype DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 793 Station 2101-2501 231x-IntraMail (UCD Group Mailbox) 2311-Type Description Use this program to set the UCD Group Mailbox type. Options 2311-01: UCD Gr oup Mailbo x T ype (Mailbox T ype) Use this option to set the UCD Group Mailbox ty[...]

  • Page 824

    23xx-UCD Groups 231x-IntraMail (UCD Group Mailbox) 2312-Setup 794 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2312-Setup Description Use this program to set up the UCD Group Mailbox. Options 2312-01: Number of Messages (# of Messages) Use this option to set the maximum number of messages that can be left in the Subscriber Mailbox. If a calle[...]

  • Page 825

    23xx-UCD Groups 231x-IntraMail (UCD Group Mailbox) 2312-Setup DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 795 Station 2101-2501 Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled 2312-04: UCD Gr oup Mailbo x V oice Prompt Language (V oice Prompts) Use this option to set the UCD Group Mailbox voice prompt langu[...]

  • Page 826

    23xx-UCD Groups 231x-IntraMail (UCD Group Mailbox) 2313-Playbac k 796 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2313-Playback Description Use this program to customize v arious UCD Group Mailbox options. Options 2313-01: Message Pla yback Or der (Playbac k Order) Use this option to set the Subscriber Mailbox message playback order . When a[...]

  • Page 827

    23xx-UCD Groups 231x-IntraMail (UCD Group Mailbox) 2313-Playbac k DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 797 Station 2101-2501 • Gr oup Mailbox (page 497) Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled 2313-04: Message Waiting Lamp (MW Lamp) Use this option to enable or disable Message W aiting lamp[...]

  • Page 828

    23xx-UCD Groups 231x-IntraMail (UCD Group Mailbox) 2314-(A uto-Attendant) A utomated Attendant 798 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2314-(Auto-Attendant) Automated Attendant Description Use this program to set up the Automated Attendant options for the UCD Group Mailbox. Options 2314-01: A uto Attendant Do Not Disturb (A uto-Att D[...]

  • Page 829

    23xx-UCD Groups 231x-IntraMail (UCD Group Mailbox) 2314-(A uto-Attendant) A utomated Attendant DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 799 Station 2101-2501 IntraMail F eatur es • Gr oup Mailbox (page 497) • Next Call Routing Mailbox (page 552) Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled 2314-04[...]

  • Page 830

    24xx-DSS Consoles 240x-Setup 2401-Config (DSS Console Configuration) 800 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 24xx-DSS Consoles 240x-Setup 2401-Config (DSS Console Configuration) Description Use this program to designate an owner for each DSS Console. Options 2401-01: DSS Owner (DSS Owner) For each DSS Console, use this option to [...]

  • Page 831

    24xx-DSS Consoles 240x-Setup 2402-Ke ys (DSS Console Ke ys) DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 801 Station 2101-2501 2402-Keys (DSS Console Keys) Description Use this program to designate the Feature Ke ys for each DSS Console. 2402-[01-60]: DSS Console Ke y Codes (Ke y xx T ype) Use this option to enter the key codes for the DSS Co[...]

  • Page 832

    24xx-DSS Consoles 240x-Setup 2402-Ke ys (DSS Console Ke ys) 802 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual The follo wing chart shows the a vailable DSS Console Feature K e y assignments. DSS Console Feature K ey Assignments (P age 1 of 4) Ke y T ype Description Ke y Code and Data Operation Unde fi ned Use this option to designate a Featur[...]

  • Page 833

    24xx-DSS Consoles 240x-Setup 2402-Ke ys (DSS Console Ke ys) DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 803 Station 2101-2501 Call Covera ge No Ring (page 40) Use this option to assign a Feature Ke y as a lamp only (no ring) Call Cov erage Ke y . 07 + nnn (extension number) • Press key to call co v- ered extension or pick up ringing call. [...]

  • Page 834

    24xx-DSS Consoles 240x-Setup 2402-Ke ys (DSS Console Ke ys) 804 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual System Speed Dial (page 315) Use this option to assign a Feature Ke y as a System Speed Dial key . Y ou assign the ke y to speci fi c System Speed Dial bin. • There is no BLF for this key type. 14 + nnn (bin 001- 999) • Press key [...]

  • Page 835

    24xx-DSS Consoles 240x-Setup 2402-Ke ys (DSS Console Ke ys) DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 805 Station 2101-2501 Message Center (page 372) Use this option to assign a Feature Ke y as a Message Center ke y . 24 + nnn (extension number) • Press key to call Message Center Mailbox. Busy Lamp Field (BLF) Off . . . . . . . . .No mes[...]

  • Page 836

    25xx-T ext Messages (Selectable Display Messaging) 250x-Setup 2501-T ext 806 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 25xx-Text Messages (Selectable Display Messaging) 250x-Setup 2501-Text Description Use this program to customize the Selectable Display Messages. Options 2501-[01-16]: Selectable Displa y Messages (Message T e xt) Use this[...]

  • Page 837

    25xx-T ext Messages (Selectable Display Messaging) 250x-Setup 2501-T ext DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 807 Station 2101-2501 Name Programming Chart Message 16 Unde fi ned (up to 18 characters) Name Programming Chart Press a key the indicated number of times f or desired character Key 1 Time 2 Times 3 Times 4 Times 5 Times 6 Ti[...]

  • Page 838

    25xx-T ext Messages (Selectable Display Messaging) 250x-Setup 2501-T ext 808 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual[...]

  • Page 839

    31xx-Configuration 310x-Setup 3101-T ype DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 809 Line 3101-3715 Lines: 3101-3715 31xx-Con fi guration 310x-Setup 3101-Type Description Use this program to set the line circuit type, name, PBX option, and E1 signaling (for Latin America instal- lations only). If programming multiple lines, you may fi nd[...]

  • Page 840

    31xx-Configuration 310x-Setup 3101-T ype 810 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 3101-02: Line Name (Name) Use this option to assign a name (up to 16 characters) to the line. F eatur es • Names for Extensions and Lines (page 249) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • See the Name Pro gramming Chart on the ne xt page. Default • [...]

  • Page 841

    31xx-Configuration 310x-Setup 3101-T ype DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 811 Line 3101-3715 3101-03: DTMF Dialing (DTMF Dialing) Use this option to set the type of dialing used by the line (DTMF or Dial Pulse). F eatur es • Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering (page 74) • Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing (page 78) • Dir ect Inw[...]

  • Page 842

    31xx-Configuration 310x-Setup 3101-T ype 812 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual • 7 for Brazil #5 • 8 for Brazil #6 Default • 0 3101-06: MFC Signaling T ype (MFC Signaling) For E1 lines only , use this option to specify the MFC Dialing T ype. F eatur es • N/A IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 0 for MFC not used • 1 f[...]

  • Page 843

    31xx-Configuration 310x-Setup 3102-Access DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 813 Line 3101-3715 3102-Access Description Use this program to set the line Class of Service and T oll Level. If programming multiple lines, you may fi nd 9022-Line Copy (page 923) a handy time-saving tool. Options 3102-01: Line Class of Service (COS Level) [...]

  • Page 844

    31xx-Configuration 310x-Setup 3103-Settings 814 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 3103-Settings Description Use this program to customize basic settings for the line. If programming multiple lines, you may fi nd 9022-Line Copy (page 923) a handy time-saving tool. Options 3103-01: T ransmit Gain (T ransmit Gain) Use this option to se[...]

  • Page 845

    31xx-Configuration 310x-Setup 3103-Settings DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 815 Line 3101-3715 3103-03: Loop Length (Loop Length) Use this option to compensate for a line’ s loop length. Use the default option for normal installations. Use the short option only when the system is very close to the central of fi ce or behind a PB[...]

  • Page 846

    31xx-Configuration 310x-Setup 3103-Settings 816 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 3103-04: T andem Calls (T andem Calls) Use this option to enable or disable T andem Calls for the line. Enable T andem Calls for lines if Of f Premises Call Forw arding should be able to route incoming calls to an of f-premises location. The originating[...]

  • Page 847

    31xx-Configuration 311x-Options 3111-Features DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 817 Line 3101-3715 311x-Options 3111-Features Description Use this program to enable or disable v arious line features. If programming multiple lines, you may fi nd 9022-Line Copy (page 923) a handy time-saving tool. Options 3111-01: Disable For ced Acco[...]

  • Page 848

    31xx-Configuration 311x-Options 3111-Features 818 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • Ye s (1) - Enabled 3111-04: Enable MFC Gr oup B (MFC Group B) For E1 lines only , use this option to enable or disable the MFC Dialing Group B supervisory signaling. Since not all central of fi ces pro vide Group B [...]

  • Page 849

    31xx-Configuration 311x-Options 3112-T ermination DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 819 Line 3101-3715 3112-Termination Description Use this program to set the line termination options. If programming multiple lines, you may fi nd 9022-Line Copy (page 923) a handy time-saving tool. Options 3112-01: Direct T ermination in the Day (Da[...]

  • Page 850

    31xx-Configuration 311x-Options 3112-T ermination 820 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 3112-03: Da y Over fl ow Destination (Day Ov fl Destination) Use this option to set the ov er fl ow destination for day mode calls (including DILs). The destination can be an extension, UCD Group master number , voice mail master number , Ring [...]

  • Page 851

    31xx-Configuration 311x-Options 3112-T ermination DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 821 Line 3101-3715 • V oice Mail (page 372) IntraMail F eatur es • V oice Mail Over fl ow (page 590) Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled 3112-06: Night Over fl ow Destination (Night Ov fl Destinati[...]

  • Page 852

    31xx-Configuration 311x-Options 3113-Ringing 822 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 3113-Ringing Description Use this program to set the line Pickup Group assignment and ring types. If programming multiple lines, you may fi nd 9022-Line Copy (page 923) a handy time-saving tool. Options 3113-01: Pic kup Group Assignment (Pickup Gr oup[...]

  • Page 853

    31xx-Configuration 311x-Options 3113-Ringing DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 823 Line 3101-3715 3113-03: Night Ring T ype (Night Ring T ype) Use this option to assign a ring type (A, B, or C) for the line’ s night ringing. When the line rings an extension in the night ring mode, it uses the ring type speci fi ed in this option. [...]

  • Page 854

    31xx-Configuration 311x-Options 3113-Ringing 824 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 3113-04: Dela y Ring T ype (Delay Ring T ype) Use this option to assign a ring type (A, B, or C) for the line’ s delay ringing. When the line rings an exten- sion in the delay ring mode, it uses the ring type speci fi ed in this option. F eatur es ?[...]

  • Page 855

    31xx-Configuration 312x-Caller ID 3121-Settings DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 825 Line 3101-3715 312x-Caller ID 3121-Settings Description Use this program to set the line Caller ID parameters. If programming multiple lines, you may fi nd 9022-Line Copy (page 923) a handy time-saving tool. Options 3121-01: Caller ID T ype (CID T [...]

  • Page 856

    31xx-Configuration 312x-Caller ID 3121-Settings 826 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual Options • 0 for none • 1 for ANI • 2 for *ANI* • 3 for *DNIS* • 4 for *ANI*DNIS* Default •0 3121-03: ANI/DNIS Delimiter (ANI/DNIS Delimiter) For ANI/DNIS format options 2-4 (see 3121-02: ANI/DNIS F ormat abov e), use this option to set t[...]

  • Page 857

    31xx-Configuration 312x-Caller ID 3122-Groups DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 827 Line 3101-3715 3122-Groups Description Use this program to specify to which Caller ID Groups the line belongs. If programming multiple lines, you may fi nd 9022-Line Copy (page 923) a handy time-saving tool. Options 3122-[01-08]: Caller ID Gr oup Mem[...]

  • Page 858

    31xx-Configuration 313x-V oice Mail 3131-Settings 828 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 313x-Voice Mail 3131-Settings Description For each line, use this program to set the v oice mail Caller ID option and IntraMail Answer T able. If programming multiple lines, you may fi nd 9022-Line Copy (page 923) a handy time-saving tool. Option[...]

  • Page 859

    31xx-Configuration 313x-V oice Mail 3131-Settings DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 829 Line 3101-3715 3131-03: Line V oice Prompt Langua ge (V oice Prompts) Use this option to set the line voice prompt language. Y ou can choose either the Primary Language or the Secondary Language. T o activ ate a different primary or Secondary Lang[...]

  • Page 860

    31xx-Configuration 314x-TIE Line 3141-Dialing 830 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 314x-TIE Line 3141-Dialing Description For each tie line, use this program to select the line’ s dial 9 group and operator extension. If programming multiple lines, you may fi nd 9022-Line Copy (page 923) a handy time-saving tool. Options 3141-01: [...]

  • Page 861

    31xx-Configuration 314x-TIE Line 3142-Line Access DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 831 Line 3101-3715 3142-Line Access Description Use this program to set the tie line outbound line access. If programming multiple lines, you may fi nd 9022-Line Copy (page 923) a handy time-saving tool. Options 3142-[01-64]: Tie Line Caller’ s Out[...]

  • Page 862

    31xx-Configuration 314x-TIE Line 3143-Group Access 832 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 3143-Group Access Description Use this program to set the tie line outbound Line Group access. If programming multiple lines, you may fi nd 9022-Line Copy (page 923) a handy time-saving tool. Options 3143-[01-64]: Tie Line Caller’ s Outbound L[...]

  • Page 863

    32xx-Groups 320x-Setup 3201-Order DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 833 Line 3101-3715 32xx-Groups 320x-Setup 3201-Order Description Use this program to set up Line Groups. Options 3201-[01-64]: Line Gr oup (xx 1st line) Use this option to program lines (1-64) into each of the nine Line Groups (90-98). The order in which you enter lin[...]

  • Page 864

    33xx-DID (Direct Inward Dialing) 330x-Setup 3301-Options 834 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 33xx-DID (Direct Inward Dialing) 330x-Setup 3301-Options Description Use this program to specify the number of DID digits expected from the telco. Options 3301-01: Number of DID Digits (# DID Digits) Use this option to specify the number of [...]

  • Page 865

    33xx-DID (Direct Inward Dialing) 330x-Setup 3302-T ranslations DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 835 Line 3101-3715 3302-Translations Description Use this program to set up the system’ s DID routing. The DID T ranslation T able analyzes the DID string recei ved from the telco and routes it to the corresponding e xtension. Y ou make [...]

  • Page 866

    33xx-DID (Direct Inward Dialing) 330x-Setup 3302-T ranslations 836 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual Options 3302-01: Incoming DID Digits (Incoming Digits) For the table entry you are programming, use this option designate the incoming digits you want to translate. F eatur es • Dir ect Inwar d Dialing (page 99) IntraMail F eatur es [...]

  • Page 867

    33xx-DID (Direct Inward Dialing) 330x-Setup 3302-T ranslations DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 837 Line 3101-3715 • * (wild card representing any digit) Default • 3** for entry 001. All other table entries blank. 3302-01: MFC Category (MFC Category) For E1 lines only , use this option to set the MFC Dialing Category for each DID[...]

  • Page 868

    34xx-PBX 340x-Setup 3401-Codes 838 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 34xx-PBX 340x-Setup 3401-Codes Description Use this program to set up the PBX Access Codes T able. Options 3401-01: PBX Access Code Digits (PBX Access Digits) Use this option to enter codes into the PBX Access Codes T able. Y ou can enter up to 10 PBX Access Codes. E[...]

  • Page 869

    35xx-T oll Restriction 350x-Setup 3501-T ype DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 839 Line 3101-3715 35xx-Toll Restriction 350x-Setup 3501-Type Description Use this program to set the T oll Restriction country type and enter additional emergency numbers. Options 3501-01: T oll Restriction Country T ype (T oll Restrict T ype) Use this opt[...]

  • Page 870

    35xx-T oll Restriction 351x-Options 3511-Settings 840 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 351x-Options 3511-Settings Description Use this program to enable or disable Active K ey P ad (continuous dialing). Options 3511-01: Active Ke y P ad (Active Dial Pad) Use this option to enable or disable Active K ey P ad (continuous dialing) for o[...]

  • Page 871

    35xx-T oll Restriction 351x-Options 3512-U .S. Dialing DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 841 Line 3101-3715 3512-U.S. Dialing Description Use this program to enable or disable the following types of dialing: • 0 + XXX Operator Assisted Dialing • 011 + XXX International Dialing • 101x Equal Access Dialing • Allow N11 Dialing Op[...]

  • Page 872

    35xx-T oll Restriction 351x-Options 3512-U .S. Dialing 842 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • Ye s (1) - Enabled 3512-04: Allow N11 Dialing (Allow N11) Use this option to enable or disable dialing N11 services such as directory assistance (411) and repair (611). This opti[...]

  • Page 873

    35xx-T oll Restriction 351x-Options 3513-International Dialing DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 843 Line 3101-3715 3513-International Dialing Description This program is not applicable to systems installed in North America.[...]

  • Page 874

    35xx-T oll Restriction 352x-1010-XXX / Local XXX (Equal Access Dialing) 3521-T able Options 844 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 352x-1010-XXX / Local XXX (Equal Access Dialing) 3521-Table Options Description Use this program to set up the 1010 + XXX Equal Access Dialing T able . By default, this type of dialing is enabled because th[...]

  • Page 875

    35xx-T oll Restriction 352x-1010-XXX / Local XXX (Equal Access Dialing) 3522-T able Entries DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 845 Line 3101-3715 3522-Table Entries 3522-xx: T able Data (Dial Code) Use this option to enter data into the 1010 + Equal Access Dialing T able . Y ou can enter up to 96 codes. F eatur es • T oll Restriction[...]

  • Page 876

    35xx-T oll Restriction 353x-1+XXX / TBL-A XXX (NP A/NXX Dialing 3-Digit T able) 3531-T able Options 846 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 353x-1+XXX / TBL-A XXX (NP A/NXX Dialing 3-Digit T able) 3531-Table Options Description Use this program to set up the 1 + NP A/NXX Dialing 3-Digit T able . By default, this type of dialing is enabl[...]

  • Page 877

    35xx-T oll Restriction 353x-1+XXX / TBL-A XXX (NP A/NXX Dialing 3-Digit T able) 3532-T able Entries DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 847 Line 3101-3715 3532-Table Entries 3532-xx: T able Data (Dial Code) Use this option to enter data into the 1 + NP A/NXX Dialing 3-Digit T able . Y ou can enter up to 96 codes. F eatur es • T oll Re[...]

  • Page 878

    35xx-T oll Restriction 354x-1+XXX-XXX / TBL-A XXXXXXX (1 + NP A + NXX Dialing 6-Digit T able) 3541-T able Options 848 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 354x-1+XXX-XXX / TBL-A XXXXXXX (1 + NP A + NXX Dialing 6-Digit T able) 3541-Table Options Description Use this program to set up the 1 + NP A + NXX Dialing 6-Digit T able . By default,[...]

  • Page 879

    35xx-T oll Restriction 354x-1+XXX-XXX / TBL-A XXXXXXX (1 + NP A + NXX Dialing 6-Digit T able) 3542-T able Entries DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 849 Line 3101-3715 3542-Table Entries 3542-xx: T able Data (Dial Code) Use this option to enter data into the 1 + NP A + NXX Dialing 6-Digit T able . Y ou can enter up to 96 codes. F eatur[...]

  • Page 880

    35xx-T oll Restriction 355x-XXX / TBL-B-XXX (NP A/NXX Dialing 3-Digit T able) 3551-T able Options 850 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 355x-XXX / TBL-B-XXX (NP A/NXX Dialing 3-Digit T able) 3551-Table Options Description Use this program to set up the NP A/NXX Dialing 3-Digit T able . By default, this type of dialing is enabled becau[...]

  • Page 881

    35xx-T oll Restriction 355x-XXX / TBL-B-XXX (NP A/NXX Dialing 3-Digit T able) 3552-T able Entries DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 851 Line 3101-3715 3552-Table Entries 3552-xx: T able Data (Dial Code) Use this option to enter data into the NP A/NXX Dialing 3-Digit T able . Y ou can enter up to 96 codes. F eatur es • T oll Restrict[...]

  • Page 882

    35xx-T oll Restriction 356x-XXX-XXX / TBL-B XXXXXX (NP A + NXX Dialing 6-Digit T able) 3561-T able Options 852 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 356x-XXX-XXX / TBL-B XXXXXX (NP A + NXX Dialing 6-Digit T able) 3561-Table Options Description Use this program to set up the NP A + NXX Dialing 6-Digit T able . By default, this type of dial[...]

  • Page 883

    35xx-T oll Restriction 356x-XXX-XXX / TBL-B XXXXXX (NP A + NXX Dialing 6-Digit T able) 3562-T able Entries DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 853 Line 3101-3715 3562-Table Entries 3562-xx: T able Data (Dial Code) Use this option to enter data into the NP A + NXX Dialing 6-Digit T able . Y ou can enter up to 96 codes. F eatur es • T o[...]

  • Page 884

    36xx-AC Codes (V erified Account Codes T able) 360x-Setup 3601-Codes 854 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 36xx-AC Codes (Veri fi ed Account Codes Table) 360x-Setup 3601-Codes Description Use this option to enter codes into the V eri fi ed Account Codes T able. When 1412-05: V eri fi ed Account Codes (page 651) is enabled, the sys[...]

  • Page 885

    37xx-Caller ID (System-Wide Options) 370x-Log Groups (Caller ID Logging Groups) 3701-Setup DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 855 Line 3101-3715 37xx-Caller ID (System-Wide Options) 370x-Log Groups (Caller ID Logging Groups) 3701-Setup Description Use this program to set the record size (capacity) of each Caller ID Logging Group. Optio[...]

  • Page 886

    37xx-Caller ID (System-Wide Options) 371x-Callback 3711-Route 856 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 371x-Callback 3711-Route Description Use this program to set up the Caller ID callback route. Options 3711-01: Caller ID Callbac k Route T ype (Route T ype) Use this option to specify the type of route used for Caller ID callbacks (line[...]

  • Page 887

    37xx-Caller ID (System-Wide Options) 371x-Callback 3711-Route DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 857 Line 3101-3715 3711-01: Caller ID Callbac k Group (Callback Gr oup) For a type 2 (Line Group) Caller ID callback route, use this option to select the Line Group (90-98) the sys- tem will use when placing the callback. F eatur es • Cal[...]

  • Page 888

    37xx-Caller ID (System-Wide Options) 371x-Callback 3712-T reatment Options (Caller ID Callbac k Dial T reatment Options) 858 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 3712-Treatment Options (Caller ID Callback Dial Treatment Options) Description Use this program to set the Caller ID Dial T reatment options. Options 3712-01: Initialize Caller [...]

  • Page 889

    37xx-Caller ID (System-Wide Options) 371x-Callback 3712-T reatment Options (Caller ID Callbac k Dial T reatment Options) DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 859 Line 3101-3715 3712-03: Home Area Code Exception List T ype (HNP A Exception T ype) Use this option to set the Home Area Code Exception List type (toll or local). F eatur es •[...]

  • Page 890

    37xx-Caller ID (System-Wide Options) 371x-Callback 3713-Home NP A’ s (Home Area Code T able) 860 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 3713-Home NPA’ s (Home Area Code T able) Description Use this program to set up the Caller ID Home Area Code (HNP A) T able. Options 3713-[01-16]: Home Area Code T able Data (xx HNP A #x) Use this opti[...]

  • Page 891

    37xx-Caller ID (System-Wide Options) 371x-Callback 3714-HNP A Exceptions (Home Area Code Exception List T able) DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 861 Line 3101-3715 3714-HNPA Exceptions (Home Area Code Exception List Table) Description Use this program to set up the Caller ID Home Area Code (HNP A) Exception List T able. Options 3714-[...]

  • Page 892

    37xx-Caller ID (System-Wide Options) 371x-Callback 3715-FNP A Exceptions (Foreign Area Code Exception List T able) 862 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 3715-FNPA Exceptions (Foreign Area Code Exception List Table) Description Use this program to set up the Caller ID Foreign Area Code (FNP A) Exception List T able. Options 3715-[01-96[...]

  • Page 893

    41xx-Configuration 410x-System (V oice Mail System Options) 4101-T ype DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 863 Voice Mail 4101-4231 V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 41xx-Con fi guration 410x-System (Voice Mail System Options) 4101-Type Description Use this program to set the voice mail type and master number . Options 4101-01: V [...]

  • Page 894

    41xx-Configuration 410x-System (V oice Mail System Options) 4101-T ype 864 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4101-02: V oice Mail Master Number (VM UCD Master) Use this option to set the voice mail master e xtension number (e.g., 700). In most installations, you should not change this option from its default setting (700) . F [...]

  • Page 895

    41xx-Configuration 411x-Ports (V oice Mail Port Setup) 4111-Options (V oice Mail Port Options) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 865 Voice Mail 4101-4231 411x-Ports (Voice Mail P ort Setup) 4111-Options (Voice Mail P ort Options) Description Use this program to enter the voice mail port name as well as set the v oice mail Clas[...]

  • Page 896

    41xx-Configuration 411x-Ports (V oice Mail Port Setup) 4111-Options (V oice Mail Port Options) 866 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4111-03: V oice Mail P ort T oll Restriction Level (Day) (Day T oll Level) Use this option to set the day mode T oll Restriction Level for all v oice mail ports. This allo ws you to restrict Mess[...]

  • Page 897

    41xx-Configuration 411x-Ports (V oice Mail Port Setup) 4111-Options (V oice Mail Port Options) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 867 Voice Mail 4101-4231 Name Programming Chart Name Programming Chart Press a key the indicated number of times f or desired character Key 1 Time 2 Times 3 Times 4 Times 5 Times 6 Times 7 Times 8 Ti[...]

  • Page 898

    41xx-Configuration 411x-Ports (V oice Mail Port Setup) 4112-Off Hook (V oice Mail Port Off Hook Options) 868 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4112-Off Hook (Voice Mail P ort Off Hook Options) Description Use this program to set the voice mail dial 9 group and operator e xtension. Options 4112-01: Outgoing Dial 9 Gr oup (Dial [...]

  • Page 899

    41xx-Configuration 411x-Ports (V oice Mail Port Setup) 4113-Line Access (V oice Mail Port Outgoing Line Access) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 869 Voice Mail 4101-4231 4113-Line Access (Voice Mail P ort Outgoing Line Access) Description Use this program to set the voice mail outgoing line access. Options 4113-xx: Outgoing L[...]

  • Page 900

    41xx-Configuration 411x-Ports (V oice Mail Port Setup) 4114-Group Access (Outgoing Line Gr oup Access) 870 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4114-Group Access (Outgoing Line Group Access) Description Use this program to set the voice mail Line Group access. Options 4114-xx: Outgoing Line Gr oup xx Access (Group xx Access) Use [...]

  • Page 901

    42xx-IntraMail 420x-Options 4201-Messages (IntraMail Message Options) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 871 Voice Mail 4101-4231 42xx-IntraMail 420x-Options 4201-Messages (IntraMail Message Options) Description Use this program to set basic voice mail messaging options. Options 4201-01: Outgoing Message Length (OGM Msg Length) [...]

  • Page 902

    42xx-IntraMail 420x-Options 4201-Messages (IntraMail Message Options) 872 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4201-02: Incoming Message Length (ICM Msg Length) Use this option to set the maximum length of recorded incoming messages: Incoming messages include: • Conv ersation Record. • Extension users leaving a message in a Su[...]

  • Page 903

    42xx-IntraMail 420x-Options 4202-Notification (Message Notification Options) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 873 Voice Mail 4101-4231 4202-Notification (Message Notification Options) Description Use this program to set the voice mail Message Noti fi cation options. Options 4202-01: Wait Between Non-P a ger Callout Attemp[...]

  • Page 904

    42xx-IntraMail 420x-Options 4202-Notification (Message Notification Options) 874 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4202-03: Wait Between Busy Non-P a ger Callout Attempts (Busy Notif. Interval) Use this option to set ho w long IntraMail will wait, after it dials a busy non-pager callout destination, before retrying the callou[...]

  • Page 905

    42xx-IntraMail 420x-Options 4202-Notification (Message Notification Options) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 875 Voice Mail 4101-4231 4202-04: Wait Between RNA Non-P a ger Callout Attempts (RNA Notif. Interval) Use this option to set how long IntraMail will w ait, after it dials an unanswered non-pager callout destina- tion[...]

  • Page 906

    42xx-IntraMail 420x-Options 4202-Notification (Message Notification Options) 876 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4202-06: Number of Callout Attempts (Noti fi cation Attempts) Use this option to set how man y times IntraMail will retry an incomplete Message Noti fi cation callout. This total includes unacknowledged callout[...]

  • Page 907

    42xx-IntraMail 420x-Options 4202-Notification (Message Notification Options) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 877 Voice Mail 4101-4231 4202-07: Send P ager Callout Until Ac knowledged (P ager Retry Until ACK) When this option is enabled, IntraMail will continue to retry a digital pager Message Noti fi cation callout until t[...]

  • Page 908

    42xx-IntraMail 420x-Options 4202-Notification (Message Notification Options) 878 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4. Dials the number entered in 4202-08: Digital P ager Callbac k Number . The system assumes that the noti fi cation number will complete dialing approximately 4 seconds after line seizure. This means that, by d[...]

  • Page 909

    42xx-IntraMail 420x-Options 4203-V oice Prompts (Active System V oice Prompt Languages) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 879 Voice Mail 4101-4231 4203-Voice Prompts (Active System Voice Prompt Langua ges) 4203-01: Primary V oice Prompt Language (Primary Lang) Use this option to set the primary IntraMail voice prompt language. [...]

  • Page 910

    42xx-IntraMail 421x-Answer T able 4211-Setup (Answer T able Setup) 880 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 421x-Answer Table 4211-Setup (Answer Table Setup) Description For each Answer T able, use this program to set the Default Mailbox, Answer Schedule Override options, and optional Answer T able linking. Options 4211-01: Defaul[...]

  • Page 911

    42xx-IntraMail 421x-Answer T able 4211-Setup (Answer T able Setup) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 881 Voice Mail 4101-4231 Default • No (0) - Disabled 4211-03: Override Mailbo x (Override Mbox) Use this option to specify the mailbox to which Automated Attendant calls should route when you also enable 4211-02: Answer Sc hed[...]

  • Page 912

    42xx-IntraMail 421x-Answer T able 4212-Schedule (Schedule Setup) 882 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4212-Schedule (Schedule Setup) Description Use this program to set the Answer Schedule for each Answer T able. Options 4212-[01-10]: Schedule T ype (Entry xx T ype) Use this option to assign a Schedule T ype to the selected An[...]

  • Page 913

    42xx-IntraMail 421x-Answer T able 4212-Schedule (Schedule Setup) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 883 Voice Mail 4101-4231 4212-[01-10]: Routing Mailbo x Number (Entry xx Mbox) Use this option to select the mailbox that will answer calls when this Answer Schedule is active. • If the Routing Mailbox is an Announcement Mailbox[...]

  • Page 914

    42xx-IntraMail 421x-Answer T able 4212-Schedule (Schedule Setup) 884 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4212-[01-10]: Schedule End Da y (Entry xx End Day) Use this option to specify the day of the week a type 2 (Range of Days) schedule should stop. This option does not apply to type 1 (Day of W eek) and type 3 (Date) schedules. [...]

  • Page 915

    42xx-IntraMail 421x-Answer T able 4212-Schedule (Schedule Setup) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 885 Voice Mail 4101-4231 4212-[01-10]: Schedule Start Time (Entry xx Star t Time HH:MM) Use this option to specify the time of day the schedule should start. It applies to all schedule types. F eatur es • None IntraMail F eatur [...]

  • Page 916

    42xx-IntraMail 421x-Answer T able 4212-Schedule (Schedule Setup) 886 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4212-[01-10]: Schedule End Time (Entry xx End Time HH:MM) Use this option to specify the time of day the schedule should stop. It applies to all schedule types. F eatur es • None IntraMail F eatur es • Answer T ables (page[...]

  • Page 917

    42xx-IntraMail 421x-Answer T able 4212-Schedule (Schedule Setup) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 887 Voice Mail 4101-4231 T ype 1 (Day of Week) Sc hedule Example Summary ❥ Schedule 1 is a Range of Days schedule and runs Sunday through W ednesday from 8:00 AM to 10:30 AM and answers with Call Routing Mailbox 2. ❥ Schedule [...]

  • Page 918

    42xx-IntraMail 421x-Answer T able 4212-Schedule (Schedule Setup) 888 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual T ype 2 (Range of Days) Schedule Example Summary ❥ Schedule 1 is a Range of Days schedule that runs Sunday through W ednesday from 08:30 AM to 5:00 PM and answers with Call Routing mailbox 2. ❥ Schedule 2 is a Range of Day[...]

  • Page 919

    42xx-IntraMail 421x-Answer T able 4212-Schedule (Schedule Setup) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 889 Voice Mail 4101-4231 T ype 3 (Date) Schedule Example Summary ❥ Schedule 1 is a Range of Days schedule and runs Monday through Friday from 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM and answers with Call Routing Mailbox 2. ❥ Schedule 2 is a Range [...]

  • Page 920

    42xx-IntraMail 422x-Routing Mailbox 4221-Setup (Routing Mailbo x Setup) 890 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 422x-Routing Mailbox 4221-Setup (Routing Mailbox Setup) Description Use this program to set the Routing Mailbox type. Options 4221-01: Routing Mailbo x T ype (Mailbox T ype) Use this option to assign a mailbox type to t[...]

  • Page 921

    42xx-IntraMail 422x-Routing Mailbox 4222-Routing Options DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 891 Voice Mail 4101-4231 4222-Routing Options Description Use this program to set the routing options for each Call Routing Mailbox. The entries you mak e in this pro- gram are valid only if the Routing Mailbox is assigned as a Call Routi[...]

  • Page 922

    42xx-IntraMail 422x-Routing Mailbox 4222-Routing Options 892 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual unanswered extension before recalling. The 1603-01: T ransfer Recall T imer (page 675) has no interaction with this option. F eatur es • None IntraMail F eatur es • Scr eened T ransfer (page 567) Options • 1-255 seconds • 0 ca[...]

  • Page 923

    42xx-IntraMail 422x-Routing Mailbox 4223-Announcement Opts (Announcement Mailbo x Options) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 893 Voice Mail 4101-4231 4223-Announcement Opts (Announcement Mailbox Options) Description If the Routing Mailbox is an Announcement Mailbox, use this program to set the Announcement Mailbox options. The [...]

  • Page 924

    42xx-IntraMail 422x-Routing Mailbox 4223-Announcement Opts (Announcement Mailbo x Options) 894 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4223-03: Next Call Routing Mailbo x (Next CRMB) If you set up an Announcement Mailbox to answer Automated Attendant calls, use this option to pro vide addi- tional routing options to the Automated Att[...]

  • Page 925

    42xx-IntraMail 422x-Routing Mailbox 4224-Directory Options (Directory Dialing Mailbox Options) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 895 Voice Mail 4101-4231 4224-Directory Options (Directory Dialing Mailbox Options) Description If the Routing Mailbox is a Directory Dialing Mailbox, use this option to set the Directory Dialing opti[...]

  • Page 926

    42xx-IntraMail 422x-Routing Mailbox 4224-Directory Options (Directory Dialing Mailbox Options) 896 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4224-03: Screened T ransfer Timeout (STRF Timeout) Use this option to set ho w long a Screened T ransfer (STRF) from the Directory Dialing Mailbox will ring an unanswered extension before recallin[...]

  • Page 927

    42xx-IntraMail 422x-Routing Mailbox 4224-Directory Options (Directory Dialing Mailbox Options) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 897 Voice Mail 4101-4231 4224-04: Extension Name Match (Name Match) Use this option to determine which portion of the extension’ s programmed name Directory Dialing will use to route the call. The o[...]

  • Page 928

    42xx-IntraMail 422x-Routing Mailbox 4224-Directory Options (Directory Dialing Mailbox Options) 898 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4224-06: T ransfer Options (T ransfer Option) Use this option to de fi ne the action Directory Dialing uses when routing a call (Screened or Unscreened T ransfer) F eatur es • None IntraMail F [...]

  • Page 929

    42xx-IntraMail 422x-Routing Mailbox 4224-Directory Options (Directory Dialing Mailbox Options) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 899 Voice Mail 4101-4231 4224-07: Next Call Routing Mailbo x (Next CRMB) Use this option to specify the Next Call Routing Mailbox for the Directory Dialing Mailbox. If a Ne xt Call Routing Mailbox is [...]

  • Page 930

    42xx-IntraMail 422x-Routing Mailbox 4224-Directory Options (Directory Dialing Mailbox Options) 900 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4224-09: F ax T ransfer Extension (Fax T ransfer Ext) Use this option to specify the extension number of the f ax machine associated with the Directory Dialing Mailbox. When the Direct Dialing Mai[...]

  • Page 931

    42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 901 Voice Mail 4101-4231 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment Description Use this program to set up the IntraMail Dial Action T ables. The Dial Action T able de fi nes the optio[...]

  • Page 932

    42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment 902 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual The follo wing table shows the Dial Action T able default assignments. Timeout pro vides the routing for rotary dial callers. See Automatic Routing for Rotary Dial Caller s (page 442) for more. Dial Action T[...]

  • Page 933

    42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 903 Voice Mail 4101-4231 Options 4231-01: Digit xx Action (Digit x Action) Use this option to assign the actions (functions) to the ke ys that Automated Attendant callers can dial. See Dial Action T able Actions[...]

  • Page 934

    42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment 904 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual • T ransfer to a UCD Gr oup (page 585) • Unde fi ned Routing (page 586) • Unscr eened T ransfer (page 587) Options • Extension number using 0-9, # and * • N for no routing (press Feature K ey 1) ?[...]

  • Page 935

    42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 905 Voice Mail 4101-4231 Dial Action T able Actions STRF Action - Screened T ransfer (1) (STRF) Use this action to allow an Automated Attendant caller to place a Screened T ransfer to an extension. After an Auto[...]

  • Page 936

    42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment 906 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual UTRF Action - Unscreened T ransfer (2) (UTRF) Use this action to allo w an Automated Attendant caller to place an Unscreened T ransfer to an extension. This is similar to telephone system unscreened transfer[...]

  • Page 937

    42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 907 Voice Mail 4101-4231 REC1 Action - Quick Messa ge With Greeting (3) (REC1) Use this action to allo w an Automated Attendant caller to leave a Quick Message at an e xtension. W ith this action, the caller wil[...]

  • Page 938

    42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment 908 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual REC2 Action - Quick Messa ge Without Greeting (4) (REC2) Use this action to allo w an Automated Attendant caller to leave a Quick Message at an e xtension. W ith this action, the caller will not hear the ext[...]

  • Page 939

    42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 909 Voice Mail 4101-4231 LOGON Action - Log Onto V oice Mail (5) (LOGON) Use this key action to allo w an Automated Attendant caller to log onto v oice mail. Depending on program- ming (see Routing belo w), the [...]

  • Page 940

    42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment 910 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual Hang Up Action (6) (HNGUP) When an Automated Attendant caller presses a key assigned to this action, IntraMail says “ Goodbye” and immediately hangs up. Routing There is no entry required in the correspo[...]

  • Page 941

    42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 911 Voice Mail 4101-4231 GO T O Action - Go to Mailbo x (7) (GO T O) Use this option to provide Automated Attendant callers with the ability to route to Routing Mailboxes. F or example, a caller can dial a digit[...]

  • Page 942

    42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment 912 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual UND Action - Unde fi ned Routing (0) (UND) Use this ke y action if you want a key to ha ve no routing (no operation). When an Automated Attendant caller presses an unde fi ned ke y , the y hear , “ That [...]

  • Page 943

    42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 913 Voice Mail 4101-4231 Dial Action T able Routing Options Digits (0-9, #, and *) Use Dial Action T able digits to route an Automated Attendant call to a speci fi c location (such as an exten- sion). For e xam[...]

  • Page 944

    42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment 914 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual No Routing (N) Use the N option when you want no Automated Attendant routing to automatically occur . This can be used with the LOGON action when you want to prompt the caller to enter a mailbox number . T o[...]

  • Page 945

    90xx-Utilities 900x-Reset (Reset Utilities) 9001-System (System Reset) DSX Software Manual Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 ◆ 915 Maintenance 9001-9042 Maintenance Options: 9001 - 9042 90xx-Utilities 900x-Reset (Reset Utilities) 9001-System (System Reset) Description Use this program to reset the system. Options 9001-01: System Reset (System) Use t[...]

  • Page 946

    90xx-Utilities 900x-Reset (Reset Utilities) 9002-Station (Station Reset) 916 ◆ Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 DSX Software Manual 9002-Station (Station Reset) Description Use this program to reset a station port. 9002-01: Station Reset (Station) Use this option to reset a station port. A reset will restart the speci fi c extension with all the p[...]

  • Page 947

    90xx-Utilities 901x-Initialize (Initialize Utilities) 9011-System (Initialize System) DSX Software Manual Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 ◆ 917 Maintenance 9001-9032 901x-Initialize (Initialize Utilities) 9011-System (Initialize System) Description Use this program to initialize the system. Options 9011-01: System Initialization (System) Use this [...]

  • Page 948

    90xx-Utilities 901x-Initialize (Initialize Utilities) 9012-T oll Restrictions (Initialize T oll Restriction) 918 ◆ Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 DSX Software Manual 9012-Toll Restrictions (Initialize Toll Restriction) Description Use this program to initialize T oll Restriction. Options 9012-01: Initialize T oll Restriction (T oll Restrict) Use [...]

  • Page 949

    90xx-Utilities 901x-Initialize (Initialize Utilities) 9013-CID Logs (Initialize Caller ID Logs) DSX Software Manual Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 ◆ 919 Maintenance 9001-9032 9013-CID Logs (Initialize Caller ID Logs) Description Use this program to initialize the Caller ID logs system-wide. Options 9013-01: Initialize Caller ID Logs (CID Logs) Us[...]

  • Page 950

    90xx-Utilities 901x-Initialize (Initialize Utilities) 9014-Ring T ones (Initialize Ring T ones) 920 ◆ Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 DSX Software Manual 9014-Ring T ones (Initialize Ring T ones) Description Use this program to initialize Distinctiv e Ringing system-wide. Options 9014-01: Initialize Ring T ones (Ring) Use this option to initialize[...]

  • Page 951

    90xx-Utilities 902x-Copy 9021-Station Copy DSX Software Manual Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 ◆ 921 Maintenance 9001-9032 902x-Copy 9021-Station Copy Description Use this program to copy data from an extension to another e xtension or range of extensions. Options 9021-01: Station Copy (Station Copy) This option allo ws you to copy station data fr[...]

  • Page 952

    90xx-Utilities 902x-Copy 9021-Station Copy 922 ◆ Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 DSX Software Manual Using 9021-01: Station Cop y T o copy data fr om an extension to another e xtension or range of e xtensions: 1. Access option 9021-01. Y ou see: Copy Pr ogram 2. Press HOLD and select the option (01-23) corresponding to the station program you want[...]

  • Page 953

    90xx-Utilities 902x-Copy 9022-Line Copy DSX Software Manual Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 ◆ 923 Maintenance 9001-9032 9022-Line Copy Description Use this program to copy data from a line to another line or range of lines. Options 9022-01: Line Copy (Line Copy) This option allo ws you to copy data from one line to another line or range of lines. [...]

  • Page 954

    90xx-Utilities 902x-Copy 9022-Line Copy 924 ◆ Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 DSX Software Manual Using 9022-01: Line Cop y T o copy data fr om a line to another line or range of lines: 1. Access option 9022-01. Y ou see: Copy Pr ogram 2. Press HOLD and select the option (01-12) corresponding to the line program you want to copy . • Y ou can dia[...]

  • Page 955

    90xx-Utilities 903x-Swap Ports 9031-Station Swap DSX Software Manual Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 ◆ 925 Maintenance 9001-9032 903x-Swap Ports 9031-Station Swap Description Use this program swap two e xtensions. This sw aps all the programming between the two extensions, includ- ing the extension number and station name. W ith 9031-Station Swap,[...]

  • Page 956

    90xx-Utilities 903x-Swap Ports 9032-Line Swap 926 ◆ Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 DSX Software Manual 9032-Line Swap Description Use this program swap two line circuits. F or example, if you swap line 1 with line 2, line 1 no w uses the telco circuit formerly assigned to line 2 and vise versa. W ith 9032-Line Swap, it is no longer necessary to i[...]

  • Page 957

    90xx-Utilities 904x-Backup/Restore 9041-Backup DSX Software Manual Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 ◆ 927 Maintenance 9001-9032 904x-Backup/Restore 9041-Backup Description Use this option to back up (sav e) the system database to a CompactFlash Card plugged into the IntraMail CompactFlash Card slot. Y ou can then restore (load) the system database [...]

  • Page 958

    90xx-Utilities 904x-Backup/Restore 9042-Restore 928 ◆ Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 DSX Software Manual 9042-Restore Description Use this option to restore (load) the database pre viously backed-up (sav ed) on a CompactFlash Card using 9041-Backup (page 927). Note that you can store the system database on the IntraMail CompactFlash Card or on a [...]

  • Page 959

    DSX Program List 929 DSX Pr ogram List DSX Program List DSX Pr ogram List System Options: 1001-1702 10xx-Configuration 100x-System 1001-Version 1001-01: System Type 1001-02: Software Version 1001-03: DSP Version 101x-ID 1011-Name 1011-01: System Name 1011-02: Telephone Number Name Programming Chart 102x-Time 1021-Set Time and Date 1021-01: System T[...]

  • Page 960

    DSX Program List 930 DSX Program List 1101-01: Baud Rate 1102-Modem Settings 1103-USB Settings 1104-Ethernet Setup 1104-01: System IP Address 1104-02: System Subnet Mask 1104-03: Default Gateway 111x-Tones 1111-DTMF Setup 1111-01: Manual DTMF Tone On 1111-02: Manual DTMF Tone Off 1111-03: Speed Dial DTMF Tone On 1111-04: Speed Dial DTMF Tone Off 12[...]

  • Page 961

    DSX Program List DSX Program List 931 1401-01: System Speed Dial Access 1401-02: Extended Ring 1401-03: Privacy 1401-04: ACD Supervisor 1401-05: Soft Keys 1401-06: Conversation Record 1401-07: DND Override 1401-08: Receive DID Calls 1401-09: Receive DID Camp-On 1401-10: Name Programming 1401-11: Language Programming 1401-12: Call Screening 1401-13:[...]

  • Page 962

    DSX Program List 932 DSX Program List 1411-01: Camp-On to Busy Lines 1411-02: Line Queue Priority 1411-03: Automatic Hold 1411-04: Enhanced Last Number Redial 1411-05: Unsupervised Conference 1412-Toll Restriction 1412-01: Walking Class of Service (Day) 1412-02: Walking Class of Service (Night) 1412-03: Station Locking 1412-04: Forced Account Codes[...]

  • Page 963

    DSX Program List DSX Program List 933 1541-03: SMDR Language 155x-Account Codes 1551-Setup 1551-01: Dial # to Enter Account Codes 1551-02: Allow Account Codes in Speed Dial Bins 1551-03: Show Account Codes on Telephone Display 1551-04: Account Code Toll Restriction Level 16xx-Timers 160x-Feature Timers 1601-Incoming Call Timers 1601-01: Line No Ans[...]

  • Page 964

    DSX Program List 934 DSX Program List 1612-07: Shunt Pause Timer 1613-Loop Control 1613-01: Loop Current Detection Timer 1613-02: Far End Disconnect Timer 1613-03: Power Failure Recovery Detect Timer 162x-SLI (Analog Single Line) Timers 1621-Incoming 1621-01: Minimum DP Break Timer 1621-02: Maximum DP Break Timer 1621-03: Minimum DP Make Timer 1621[...]

  • Page 965

    DSX Program List DSX Program List 935 1651-04: Transmit Forced Clear Signal Timer 1651-05: Transmit Seize Signal (BZL) Timer 1651-06: Transmit Double Answer (BZL) Timer 1652-RX (Receive Timers) 1652-01: Receive Minimum Seize Acknowledge Timer 1652-02: Receive Maximum Seize Acknowledge Timer 1652-03: Receive Minimum Digit Acknowledge Timer 1652-04: [...]

  • Page 966

    DSX Program List 936 DSX Program List Stations: 2101-2501 21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2101-Type 2101-01: Station Type 2101-02: Station Name 2101-03: Station Display Language 2101-04: Door Chime Selection 2101-05: Outgoing ANI ID 2101-06: Door Relay Assignment 2102-Access 2102-01: Class of Service 2102-02: Station Toll Level (Day) 2102-03: Station[...]

  • Page 967

    DSX Program List DSX Program List 937 2113-02: Ring Group 2113-03: Pickup Group 2113-04: Privacy Group 2113-05: Page Group (Zone) 2114-Off Hook Options 2114-01: Prime Line Type 2114-01: Prime Line Key 2114-01: Prime Line Line 2114-01: Prime Line Group 2114-02: Station Ring Down Type 2114-02: Station Ring Down Destination 2114-03: Station’s Operat[...]

  • Page 968

    DSX Program List 938 DSX Program List 2143-Options 2143-01: Message Playback Order 2143-02: Auto Erase/Save of Messages 2143-03: Auto Time Stamp 2143-04: Message Waiting Lamp 2143-05: Recording Conversation Beep 2144-Auto-Attendant (Automated Attendant) 2144-01: Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb 2144-02: Forced Unscreened Transfer 2144-03: Dialing Opti[...]

  • Page 969

    DSX Program List DSX Program List 939 231x-IntraMail (UCD Group Mailbox) 2311-Type 2311-01: UCD Group Mailbox Type 2311-01: UCD Group Routing Mailbox Number 2312-Setup 2312-01: Number of Messages 2312-02: Message Retention 2312-03: System Administrator 2312-04: UCD Group Mailbox Voice Prompt Language 2313-Playback 2313-01: Message Playback Order 23[...]

  • Page 970

    DSX Program List 940 DSX Program List Lines: 3101-3715 31xx-Configuration 310x-Setup 3101-Type 3101-01: Line Type 3101-02: Line Name 3101-03: DTMF Dialing 3101-04: PBX Line 3101-05: E1 Signaling Type 3101-06: MFC Signaling Type 3102-Access 3102-01: Line Class of Service 3102-02: Line Toll Level 3103-Settings 3103-01: Transmit Gain 3103-02: Receive [...]

  • Page 971

    DSX Program List DSX Program List 941 3131-02: IntraMail Answer Table Assignment 3131-03: Line Voice Prompt Language 314x-TIE Line 3141-Dialing 3141-01: Tie Line Caller’s Outbound Dial 9 Group 3141-02: Tie Line Caller’s Operator Extension 3142-Line Access 3142-[01-64]: Tie Line Caller’s Outbound Line Access 3143-Group Access 3143-[01-64]: Tie[...]

  • Page 972

    DSX Program List 942 DSX Program List 3531-01: Initialize Table 3531-02: Table Type (Allow or Deny) 3532-Table Entries 3532-xx: Table Data 354x-1+XXX-XXX / TBL-A XXXXXXX (1 + NPA + NXX Dialing 6-Digit Table) 3541-Table Options 3541-01: Initialize Table 3541-02: Table Type (Allow or Deny) 3542-Table Entries 3542-xx: Table Data 355x-XXX / TBL-B-XXX ([...]

  • Page 973

    DSX Program List DSX Program List 943 Voice Mail Options: 4101-4231 41xx-Configuration 410x-System (Voice Mail System Options) 4101-Type 4101-01: Voice Mail Type 4101-02: Voice Mail Master Number 411x-Ports (Voice Mail Port Setup) 4111-Options (Voice Mail Port Options) 4111-01: Voice Mail Port Name 4111-02: Voice Mail Port Class of Service 4111-03:[...]

  • Page 974

    DSX Program List 944 DSX Program List 4212-[01-10]: Schedule Run Date 4212-[01-10]: Schedule Start Time 4212-[01-10]: Schedule End Time Type 1 (Day of Week) Schedule Example Type 2 (Range of Days) Schedule Example Type 3 (Date) Schedule Example 422x-Routing Mailbox 4221-Setup (Routing Mailbox Setup) 4221-01: Routing Mailbox Type 4221-02: Routing Ma[...]

  • Page 975

    DSX Program List DSX Program List 945 Maintenance Options: 9001 - 9042 90xx-Utilities 900x-Reset (Reset Utilities) 9001-System (System Reset) 9001-01: System Reset 9002-Station (Station Reset) 9002-01: Station Reset 901x-Initialize (Initialize Utilities) 9011-System (Initialize System) 9011-01: System Initialization 9012-Toll Restrictions (Initiali[...]

  • Page 976

    DSX Program List 946 DSX Program List[...]

  • Page 977

    Index DSX Software Manual Index ◆ 947 Index A Account Codes . . . 14 And Emergency Calls . . . 15 Last Number Redial and Save . . . 14 Administrator for IntraMail . . . 576 Alphanumeric Display . . . 21 Announcement Mailbox . . . 412 Announcement Message . . . 417 Answer Schedule Override . . . 418 Answer Tables . . . 420 Answering Machine Built-[...]

  • Page 978

    Index 948 ◆ Index DSX Software Manual Dial Tone Detection . . . 98 Dialing by Name . . . 469 Direct Inward Dialing . . . 99 ANI/DNIS Support . . . 100 Direct Inward Line . . . 109 Direct Line Access . . . 115 Direct Station Selection (DSS) . . . 117 Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console . . . 120 Account Code Key . . . 15 Directed Call Pickup . [...]

  • Page 979

    Index DSX Software Manual Index ◆ 949 K Key Ring . . . 214 L Lamping for Messages . . . 549 Language Selection . . . 217 Language Selection and SMDR . . . 217 Languages Bilingual Voice Prompts . . . 443 Last Number Redial . . . 219 Leaving a Message . . . 509 Leaving a Message in Voice Mail . . . 372 Line Group Routing . . . 223 Line Groups . . .[...]

  • Page 980

    Index 950 ◆ Index DSX Software Manual Off Hook Signaling . . . 255 Overflow To Voice Mail . . . 590 Voice Mail . . . 373 P Paging . . . 259 Background Music Over External Page . . . 260 Door Chime Over External Page . . . 260 Intercom Ring Over External Page . . . 260 Paging, Meet-Me Conference . . . 265 Park . . . 266 Password for Mailbox . . . [...]

  • Page 981

    Index DSX Software Manual Index ◆ 951 Terminal Hunting . . . 155 Tie Lines . . . 344 Time and Date . . . 349 Time and Date Stamp . . . 581 Time and Date with Voice Mail . . . 580 Time Stamp Auto . . . 431 Toll Restriction . . . 351 Transfer . . . 358 Centrex . . . 460 External . . . 483 Forced Unscreened . . . 489 Screened . . . 567 To a Mailbox [...]

  • Page 982

    Index 952 ◆ Index DSX Software Manual[...]

  • Page 983

    NEC Unified Solutions, Inc. 4 Forest Parkway , Shelton, CT 06484 T el: 800-365-1928 Fax: 203-926-5458 www.necunifiedsolutions.com Other Important T elephone Numbers Sales: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203-926-5450 Customer Service: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203-926-5444 Customer S[...]

  • Page 984

    (1093100) June 9, 2006, Re v 3 Printed in U.S .A. NEC Uni fi ed Solutions, Inc. 4 F orest P arkway , Shelton, CT 06484 TEL: 203-926-5400 F AX: 203-929-0535 www .necuni fi edsolutions.com[...]